Home
  By Author [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Title [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Language
all Classics books content using ISYS

Download this book: [ ASCII ]

Look for this book on Amazon


We have new books nearly every day.
If you would like a news letter once a week or once a month
fill out this form and we will give you a summary of the books for that week or month by email.

Title: For love of life; vol. 1 of 2
Author: Oliphant, Mrs. (Margaret)
Language: English
As this book started as an ASCII text book there are no pictures available.


*** Start of this LibraryBlog Digital Book "For love of life; vol. 1 of 2" ***


                              COLLECTION

                                  OF

                            BRITISH AUTHORS

                          TAUCHNITZ EDITION.

                              VOL. 1419.

                  FOR LOVE AND LIFE BY MRS. OLIPHANT.

                            IN TWO VOLUMES.

                                VOL. I.

“The device on his shield was a young oak tree pulled up by the roots,
     with the Spanish word _Desdichado_, signifying Disinherited.”



                          FOR LOVE AND LIFE.

                                  BY

                            MRS. OLIPHANT,

                               AUTHOR OF
           “CHRONICLES OF CARLINGFORD,” “OMBRA,” “MAY,” ETC.

                         _COPYRIGHT EDITION._

                            IN TWO VOLUMES.

                                VOL. I.


                                LEIPZIG
                          BERNHARD TAUCHNITZ
                                 1874.

                _The Right of Translation is reserved._



                          FOR LOVE AND LIFE.



CHAPTER I.

On the Shores of Loch Arroch.


Three people were walking slowly along together by the side of the
water. One of them an invalid, as was apparent by the softly measured
steps of her companions, subdued to keep in harmony with hers. These two
attendants were both young; the girl about twenty, a little light
creature, with the golden hair so frequent in Scotland, and a face of
the angelic kind, half-childish, half-visionary, over-brimming with
meaning, or almost entirely destitute of it, according to the eyes with
which you happened to regard her. Both she and the invalid, a handsome
old woman of about seventy, were well and becomingly dressed in a homely
way, but they had none of the subtle traces about them which mark the
“lady” in conventional parlance. They were not in the smallest degree
what people call “common-looking.” The girl’s beauty and natural grace
would have distinguished her anywhere, and the old lady was even
dignified in her bearing. But yet it was plain that they were of a caste
not the highest. They moved along the narrow path, skirting the
newly-cut stubble, with the air of people entirely at home, amid their
natural surroundings. The homely farm-house within sight was evidently
their home. They belonged to the place and the place to them.
Notwithstanding the angelic face of the one, and the natural stateliness
of the other, they were farmer folk, of a kind not unusual on that proud
half-Highland soil. I will not even pretend to say that good blood gave
a grace to their decayed fortunes; I do not believe their race had ever
held a more exalted position than it did now. They were independent as
queens, proud yet open-hearted, sociable, courteous, hospitable,
possessed of many of the special virtues which ought to belong to the
nobly born; but they were only farmer folk of Loch Arroch, of a family
who had lived for ages on that farm, and nothing more.

It would have been unnecessary to dwell on this particular, had not the
appearance of the young man upon whose arm the invalid leant, been so
different. As distinctly as they were native to the place, and to the
position, was he stranger to them. He was not so handsome by nature as
they, but he had about him all those signs of a man “in good society”
which it is impossible to define in words, or to mistake in fact. His
dress was extremely simple, but it was unmistakeably that of a
gentleman. Not the slightest atom of pretension was in his aspect or
manner, but his very simplicity was his distinction. The deferential way
in which he bent his head to hear what his companion was saying, the
respect he showed to them both, was more than a son or brother in their
own rank would ever have dreamed of showing. He was kind in all his
words and looks, even tender; but the ease of familiarity was wanting to
him; he was in a sphere different from his own. He showed this only by a
respect infinitely more humble and anxious than any farmer-youth or
homely young squire would have felt; yet to his own fastidious taste it
was apparent that he did show it; and the thought made him condemn
himself. His presence introduced confusion and difficulty into the
tranquil picture; though there was nothing of the agitation of a lover
in his aspect. Love makes all things easy; it is agitating, but it is
tranquillizing. Had he been the lover of the beautiful young creature by
his side, he would have been set at his ease with her old mother, and
with the conditions of her lot. Love is itself so novel, so
revolutionary, such a break-down of all boundaries, that it accepts with
a certain zest the differences of condition; and all the embarrassments
of social difference such as trouble the acquaintance, and drive the
married man wild, become in the intermediate stage of courtship
delightful auxiliaries, which he embraces with all his heart. But Edgar
Earnshaw was not pretty Jeanie Murray’s lover. He had a dutiful
affection for both of the women. Mingled with this was a certain
reverential respect, mingled with a curious painful sense of wrong, for
the elder; and a pitying and protecting anxiety about the girl. But
these sentiments were not love. Therefore he was kind, tender,
respectful, almost devoted, but not at his ease, never one with them;
in heart as in appearance, there was a difference such as could not be
put into words.

       *       *       *       *       *

“I cannot accept it from you,” said old Mrs. Murray, who was the
grandmother of both. She spoke with a little vehemence, with a
glimmering of tears in the worn old eyes, which were still so bright and
full of vital force. She was recovering from an illness, and thus the
tears came more easily than usual. “Of all that call kin with me, Edgar,
my bonnie lad, you are the last that should sacrifice your living to
keep up my auld and weary life. I canna do it. It’s pride, nothing but
pride, that makes me loth to go away--loth, loth to eat other folk’s
bread. But wherefore should I be proud? What should an old woman like me
desire better than a chair at my ain daughter’s chimney-corner, and a
share of what she has, poor woman? I say to myself it’s her man’s bread
I will eat, and no hers; but Robert Campbell will be kind--enough. He’ll
no grudge me my morsel. When a woman has been a man’s faithful wife for
thirty years, surely, surely she has a right to the gear she has helped
to make. And I’ll no be that useless when I’m weel; there’s many a thing
about a house that an old woman can do. Na, na, it’s nothing but pride.”

       *       *       *       *       *

“And what if I had my pride too?” he asked. “My dear old mother, it goes
against me to think of you as anywhere but at Loch Arroch. Mr. Campbell
is an excellent man, I have no doubt, and kind--enough, as you say; and
his wife very good and excellent--”

“You might say your aunt, Edgar,” said the old lady, with a
half-reproach.

He winced, though almost imperceptibly.

“Well,” he said with a smile, “my aunt, if you prefer it. One thing I
don’t like about you proud people is, that you never make allowance for
other people’s pride. Mine demands that my old mother should be
independent in her own old house; that she should have her pet companion
with her to nurse her and care for her.” Here he laid his hand kindly,
with a light momentary touch, upon the girl’s shoulder, who looked up at
him with wistful tender eyes. “That she should keep her old servants,
and continue to be the noble old lady she is--”

“Na, na, Edgar; no lady. You must not use such a word to me. No, my
bonnie man; you must not deceive yourself. It’s hard, hard upon you, and
God forgive me for all I have done to make my good lad unhappy! We are
decent folk, Edgar, from father to son, from mother to daughter; but I’m
no a lady; an old country wife, nothing more--though you are a
gentleman.”

“We will not dispute about words,” said Edgar, with a shrug of his
shoulders. “What would become of Jeanie, grandmother, if you went to
your daughter, as you say?”

“Ah!” cried the old woman, pausing suddenly, and raising both her hands
to her face, “that’s what I canna bear--I canna bear it! Though I
must,” she added hurriedly, drying her eyes, “if it’s God’s will.”

“I would go to my uncle in Glasgow,” said Jeanie; “he’s not an ill man.
They would take me in if I was destitute; that’s what they aye said.”

“If you were destitute!” cried Edgar. “My poor little Jeanie destitute,
and you, my old mother, eating the bread of dependence, watching a
coarse man’s look to see if you are welcome or not! Impossible! I have
arranged everything. There is enough to keep you both comfortable
here--not luxuriously, as I should wish; not with the comfort and the
prettiness I should like to spread round you two; but yet enough. Now
listen, grandmother. You must yield to me or to some one else; to me or
to--Mr. Campbell. I think I have the best right.”

“He has the best right,” said little Jeanie, looking in her
grandmother’s face. “Oh, granny, he would like to be good to you and
me!”

“Yes; I should like to be good to you,” said Edgar, turning to the girl
gratefully. “That is the truth. It is the highest pleasure you could
give me.”

“To heap coals of fire,” said the old woman in her deep voice.

“I know nothing about coals,” said Edgar, laughing; “they should be more
in Mr. Campbell’s way, who trafficks in them. Come, Jeanie, we must take
her in, the wind grows cold. I shall go off to Loch Arroch Head to get
the newspaper when the boat comes, and you must persuade her in the
meantime. You are my representative. I leave it all to you.”

A flush ran over Jeanie’s angelic little countenance. She looked at him
with eyes full of an adoring admiration as he led the old woman
carefully to the door of the farm-house. He patted her pretty shoulder
as she followed, looking kindly at her.

“Take care of the old mother, Jeanie,” he said, smiling. “I make you my
representative.”

Poor little innocent Jeanie! There was no one like him in all her
sphere. She knew no other who spoke so softly, who looked so kindly, who
was so thoughtful of others, so little occupied with himself. Her little
heart swelled as she went into the low, quaint room with its small
windows, where the grandmother had already seated herself. To be the
parlour of a farm-house, it was a pretty room. The walls were greenish;
the light that came in through foliage which overshadowed the small
panes in the small windows was greenish too; but there were book-cases
in the corners, and books upon the table, for use, not ornament, and an
air of wellworn comfort and old respectability were about the place. It
was curiously irregular in form; two windows in the front looked out
upon the loch and the mountains, a prospect which a prince might have
envied; and one on the opposite side of the fire-place, in the gable end
of the house, in a deep recess, looked straight into the ivied walls of
the ruin which furnished so many stories to Loch Arroch. This window was
almost blocked up by a vast fuchsia, which still waved its long flexile
branches in the air laden with crimson bells. In front of the house
stood a great ash, dear northern tree which does not disdain the rains
and winds. Its sweeping boughs stood out against the huge hill opposite,
which was the background of the whole landscape. The blue water gleamed
and shone beneath that natural canopy. Mrs. Murray’s large high-backed
easy-chair was placed by the side of the fire, so that she had full
command of the view. The gable window with its fuchsia bush was behind
her. Never, except for a few months, during her whole seventy years of
life, had she been out of sight of that hill. She seated herself in the
stillness of age, and looked out wistfully upon the familiar scene. Day
by day through all her lifetime, across her own homely table with its
crimson cover, across the book she was reading or the stocking she was
knitting, under the green arch of the ash-branches, she had seen the
water break, sometimes with foaming wrath, sometimes quietly as a summer
brook, upon the huge foot of that giant hill. Was this now to be over?
The noiseless tears of old age came into her eyes.

“We’ll aye have the sky, Jeanie, wherever we go,” she said, softly; “and
before long, before long, the gates of gold will have to open for me.”

“But no for me,” said Jeanie, seating herself on a stool by her
grandmother’s side. The little girlish face was flashing and shining
with some illumination more subtle than that of the firelight. “We canna
die when we will, Granny, you’ve often said that; and sometimes,” the
girl added shyly, “we might not wish if we would.”

This brought the old woman back from her momentary reverie.

“God forbid!” she cried, putting her hand on Jeanie’s golden locks;
“though Heaven will scarce be Heaven without you, Jeanie. God forbid!
No, my bonnie lamb, I have plenty there without you. There’s your
father, and _his_ mother, and my ain little angel Jeanie with the gold
locks like you ---- her that I have told you of so often. She was younger
than you are, just beginning to be a blessing and a comfort, when, you
mind?--oh, so often as I have told you!--on the Saturday after the new
year--”

“I mind,” said Jeanie softly, holding the withered hand in both of hers;
“but, granny, even you, though you’re old, you cannot make sure that
you’ll die when you want to die.”

“No; more’s the pity; though it’s a thankless thing--a thankless thing
to say.”

“You canna die when you will,” repeated Jeanie. “Wasna your father
ninety, granny, and Aunty Jean a hundred? Granny, listen to me. You must
do what _he_ says.”

“_He_, Jeanie?”

“Ay, he. I might say his name if there were two like him in the world,”
said Jeanie, with enthusiasm. “It’s your pride that will not let him
serve you as he says. It would make him happy. I saw it in his kind
e’en. I was watching him while he was speaking to you. It was like the
light and the shadows over Benvohrlan. The brightness glinted up when
he spoke, and when you said ‘No,’ granny, the cloud came over. Oh, how
could you set your face against him? The only one of us a’ (you say) you
ever did an ill turn to; and him the only one to bring you back good,
and comfort, and succour.”

“Jeanie, you must not blame the rest,” said the old woman. “They have no
siller to give me. They would take me into their houses. What more could
they do? No, Jeanie; you may be just to him, and yet no cruel to them.
Besides, poor lad,” said Mrs. Murray with a sigh, “he has a rich man’s
ways, though he’s rich no more.”

“He has the kindest ways in all the world,” cried Jeanie. “Granny,
you’ll do what he says.”

The old woman leant back in her chair, crossing her thin hands in her
lap; her musing eyes sought the hills outside and the gleam of the
water, her old, old counsellors, not the anxious face of the child at
her feet. She was but a farmer’s wife, a farmer herself, a lowly, homely
woman; but many a princess was less proud. She sat and looked at the
blue loch, and thought of the long succession of years in which she had
reigned as a queen in this humble house, a centre of beneficence, giving
to all. She had never shut her heart against the cry of the poor, she
who was poor herself; she had brought up children, she had entertained
strangers, she had done all that reigning princesses could do. For forty
years all who had any claim on her kindness had come to her
unhesitatingly in every strait. Silver and gold she had little, but
everything else she gave, the shelter of her house, her best efforts,
her ready counsel, her unfailing help. All this she had bestowed
munificently in her day; and now--had she come to the point when she
must confess that her day was over, when she must retire from her place,
giving way to others, and become dependent--she who had always been the
head of her house? I do not say that the feelings in the mind of this
old Sovereign about to be dethroned were entirely without admixture of
ignoble sentiment. It went to her heart to be dethroned. She said to
herself, with a proud attempt at philosophy, that it was the natural
fate, and that everything was as it ought to be. She tried to persuade
herself that a chair in the chimney-corner was all the world had
henceforth for her, and that her daughter and her daughter’s husband
would be kind--enough. But it went to her heart. She was making up her
mind to it as men make up their minds to martyrdom; and the effort was
bitter. I do not know whether it ever occurred to her painfully that she
herself, had she been in the fulness of her powers, would never have
suffered her old mother to be driven from that homely roof which she
loved--or if something whispered in her soul that she had done better by
her children than they were doing by her; but if such thoughts arose in
her mind, she dismissed them unembodied, with an exercise of her will,
which was as proud as it was strong. Her very pride prevented her from
assuming even to herself the appearance of a victim. “It is but the
natural end,” she said, stoically, trying to look her trouble in the
face. She was ready to accept it as the inevitable, rather than own to
herself that her children failed in their duty--rather than feel, much
less admit, that she had expected more of them than they were willing to
give.

The cause of this deep but undisclosed pain was, that things had been
going badly for some time with the Castle Farm. Mrs. Murray herself was
growing old, and less strong than is necessary for a farmer, and she had
been absent for some time, a few years before, an absence which had
wrought much trouble in the homestead. These misfortunes had been
complicated, as was inevitable, by one or two cold springs and wet
autumns. It was October now, and the harvest was but accomplishing
itself slowly even on the level fields on the loch side. The higher
lying acres of corn land still lay in sickly yellow patches on the braes
behind the house, half-ripened, damp and sprouting, sodden with many a
rain-storm; a great part of the corn would be fit for nothing but
fodder, and what remained for the woman-farmer, unable to cope with
these difficulties as she once had done, before strength and courage
failed--what remained for her to do? She had made up her mind to abandon
the old house she loved--to sell all her belongings, the soft-eyed cows
whom she called by their names, and who came at her call like
children--and the standing crops, the farm implements, even her old
furniture, to denude herself of everything, and pay her debts, and
commit the end of her life to Providence. This had been the state of
affairs when she fell ill, and Edgar Earnshaw was summoned to come to
her, to receive her blessing and farewell. But then, in contradiction to
all her wishes, to all that was seemly and becoming, she did not die.
When she knew she was to get better, the old woman broke forth into
complainings such as had never been heard from her lips in her worst
moments. “To lead me forth so far on the way, and then to send me back
when the worst was over--me that must make the journey so soon, that
must begin all over again, maybe the morn!” she cried, with bitter tears
in her eyes. But Heaven’s decree is inexorable, whether it be for life
or death, and she had to consent to recover. It was then that Edgar, her
grandson, had made the proposal to settle upon her a little income which
he possessed, and which would secure her a peaceful end to her days in
her old home. That he should do this had filled her with poignant
emotions of joy and shame. The only one of her kith and kin whom she had
wronged, and he was the one to make her this amends. If she accepted it,
she would retain all that she desired--everything that was personally
important to her in this life. But she would denude him of his living.
He was young, learned (as she thought), accomplished (as she thought),
able “to put his hand to anything,” doubtless able to earn a great deal
more than that, did he choose to try. It might even be for his
advantage, as he said, to have the spur of necessity to force him into
exertion. All this was mingled together in her mind, the noble and
generous feeling that would rather suffer than harm another, rather die
than blame, mixed with sharp stings of pride and some sophistries of
argument by which she tried to persuade herself against her conscience
to do what she wished. The struggle was going on hotly, as she sat by
her homely fireside and gazed out at the loch, and the shadow of the big
ash, which seemed to shadow over all Benvohrlan; things which are close
at hand are so much bigger and more imposing than things afar.



CHAPTER II.

Edgar.


Edgar set off on a brisk walk up the loch when he parted from the two
women at the door of the farmhouse. The previous history of this young
man had been an extraordinary one, and has had its record elsewhere; but
as it is not to be expected that any--even the gentlest reader--could
remember a story told them several years ago, I will briefly
recapitulate its chief incidents. Till he was five-and-twenty, this
young man had known himself only as the heir of a great estate, and of
an old and honourable name, and for some few months he had been in
actual possession of all the honours he believed his own. He was a great
English squire, one of the most important men in his district, with an
only sister, to whom he was deeply attached, and no drawback in his life
except the mysterious fact, which no longer affected him except as a
painful recollection, that his father, during his lifetime, had banished
him from his home, and apparently regarded him with a sentiment more
like hatred than affection. But Clare his sister loved him, and Edgar,
on coming to his fortune, had begun to form friendships and attachments
of his own, and had been drawn gently and pleasantly--not fallen wildly
and vehemently--into love with the daughter of one of his near
neighbours, Augusta (better known as Gussy) Thornleigh, whom he was on
the very eve of asking to be his wife, when his whole existence, name,
and identity were suddenly altered by the discovery that he was an
innocent impostor, and had no right to any of the good things he
enjoyed. I do not attempt to repeat any description of the change thus
made, for it was beyond description--terrible, complete, and
overwhelming. It plunged him out of wealth and honours into indigence
and shame--shame not merited, but yet clinging to the victim of a
long-continued deception. It not only took from him all his hopes, but
it embittered his very recollections. He lost past, and present, and
future, all at a blow. His identity, and all the outward apparel of life
by which he had known himself, were taken from him. Not only was the
girl whom he loved hopelessly lost to him, but she who had been his
sister, his only relative, as he supposed, and his dearest companion,
became nothing to him--a stranger, and worse than a stranger--for the
man whom she loved and married was his enemy. And in place of these
familiar figures, there came a crowd of shadows round him who were his
real relations, his unknown family, to whom, and not to the Ardens, he
now belonged. This fatal and wonderful change was made all the harder to
him from the fact that he was thus transplanted into an altogether lower
level, and that his new family was little elevated above the class from
which he had been in the habit of drawing his servants, not his
friends. Their habits, their modes of speech, their ways of thinking,
were all strange to him. It is true that he accommodated himself readily
to these differences, as exhibited in the old grandmother whom I have
just presented to the reader, and the gentle, soft-voiced, poetic
Jeanie; but with the other members of his new family, poor Edgar had
felt all his powers of self-control fail him. Their presence, their
contact, their familiarity, and the undeniable fact that it was to them
and their sphere that he actually belonged was terrible to the young
man, who, in his better days, had not known what pride meant. Life is in
reality so much the same in all classes that no doubt he would have come
to perceive the identity of substance notwithstanding the difference of
form, had he not been cast so suddenly into this other phase of
existence without preparation, without anything to break the fall; but
as it was, he had no preparation, and the blow went to his heart.

This fall had taken place nearly three years before the time at which
this story opens, and poor Edgar, stunned by his overthrow, repelled by
his new relatives, vaguely wretched, notwithstanding the stoutness of
heart with which he had braced himself to meet calamity, had done but
little with his life for these two years. A small provision had been
secured for him from his successor in the estates of Arden, the rightful
heir whom he had unwittingly wronged, and to whom he did instant justice
as soon as he heard of the wrong; and this little provision had been
augmented by the small property of the Rector of Arden, Mr. Fielding,
who had left him everything he possessed. He had thus enough to support
him, that most dangerous of all endowments for a young man. Poor fellow!
he had made his sacrifice with great bravery, and had wrenched himself
away from all he cared for with the smile of a hero, neither sinking
under the blow, nor exaggerating its force. “Courage!” he had said to
himself, when he lost the place where he had been lord and master, and
went forth poor, humble, and nameless, to face the world. He meant
nothing less than to make a new life for himself better than the last,
to assert the superiority of a guiltless heart and free conscience over
fate. But, alas, it is so easy to do this in the general, so difficult
in detail! “We will make our lives sublime,” says the poet, with such
cheap magniloquence--and how many an enthusiast youth has delighted
himself with the thought!

Edgar was a very sensible, reasonable young fellow, but yet it was a
consolation to him, in his sudden fall, to reflect that every man may
conquer circumstances, and that will and energy are better than riches.
He had dreamt of “doing something,” if not to make himself known and
famous, at least to be of use in this life to his fellow-creatures and
to himself. He meant it firmly up to the day when he left everything he
knew or cared for, and he meant it the next day, and the day after, and
even the next year; but up to this moment he had done nothing. For after
all what was there to do?

Young Paladins cannot kill fiery dragons, cannot meet giants in single
combat, cannot deliver a whole district now-a-days by the stroke of a
sword. To be sure, a man whose tastes lie that way may tackle the giant,
Sewage, or attack the dragon, Ignorance; but that is slow work, seldom
of a primitive, straightforward kind, and leading the fighter into many
entanglements, dubious company, and very uncertain results. So the
consequence was that poor Edgar meaning to do much, did nothing--not
because he loved idleness, but because he did not know what to do. He
wandered off abroad very soon disgusted with everything; with his
downfall and his inability to surmount that downfall; with the meanness
of estimating worth by rank and wealth, and the still greater meanness
of his own incapacity to get quite free from that standard, which, so
long as he was himself rich and great, he had disowned manfully.
Cheerily he had laughed at the frivolity of the young men of fashion
surrounding him when he was as they, but his laugh now had a certain
bitterness, and he felt himself turn with a sickening of the heart from
intercourse with a lower class, and then deeply and bitterly despised
himself for this ignoble sentiment. His state of mind, indeed, though
strange and miserable to himself, was no more than was natural and to be
looked for in a man forcibly transplanted from the place of his natural
growth, and from all the habits and traditions of his previous life.

Therefore, these three years had been a failure with Edgar. He had done
nothing with them, he who had gone out of his old existence firmly
determined to do so much. He had wandered about over the face of the
earth, to and fro, an unquiet spirit--but no good had come from any of
his wanderings. He could not help being kind and charitable; it was no
virtue on his part, but “just a carnal inclination;” and except this
inevitable goodness, which was an affair of temperament, nothing had
come of him, nothing had come from him, in these years.

Thus, probably, he would have continued, if not always, until weariness
had come on, and his vital strength was broken. He would have become,
without vice, one of the thousand English vagabonds of quality who haunt
every thoroughfare in Europe; and what a downfall would this have been
for Edgar!--a greater downfall even than that which circumstances had
brought upon him. The sudden summons which had brought him to Mrs.
Murray’s sick-bed, the sudden call upon his charity, so
characteristically adapted to move him, arrested him in the painful
insignificance of this career. He had resolved to make the sacrifice
which was involved, before it even occurred to him how much that
sacrifice would involve; for he was of that species of humankind which,
bestowing help and succour does first and considers afterwards. It cost
him no struggle, no conflict with himself, to decide that everything he
had must go at once to the aid of his mother’s mother, to her
preservation in comfort--notwithstanding that she had wronged him, and
that the tragic confusion and aimlessness of his life was her fault. He
had taken all the steps at once which were necessary to carry out this
transfer, and it was only now, when he had fully resolved upon it, that
the cost to himself occurred to him. He counted that cost as he walked,
stepping out as if he trod on air to the head of the loch.

What would it cost him? It would take away all his certain living, every
penny he had; it would force him to work one way or another in order to
maintain himself. After his brief experience of wealth and its ways, and
after the vague and unsatisfactory existence which he had led when he
had just “enough to live on,” he must make a fresh start again, like any
country lad setting forth to seek his fortune. The third start, he said
to himself, with a certain rueful amusement; for Edgar was one of those
who could laugh at his own misfortunes. I cannot tell how it was that
this prospect did not discourage him, but certainly it did not; a
certain exhilaration crept into his soul as he faced the wind, walking
fast with joyous defiance. The third time of beginning must be lucky at
last; was it not a mystical number, acknowledged by the very children in
their games? He had heard an urchin assuring another that very morning
that “the third ca’ was canny.” It was poor Edgar’s third trial. The
first time he had been foiled by no fault of his--by arbitrary
circumstances. The second time he had foiled himself by want of purpose,
absence of anything direct to do, and languor of motive for attempting
anything. But the third ca’ would be canny--nature and necessity would
help him. He would be driven to work by infallible potency of need, and
he would make something of it; so he said to himself.

There was something exhilarating in the day, or else he thought so. The
high wind was of itself a blessing after days of that weary rain, which
is so common in the west of Scotland. The damp corn out on the fields,
the still damper corn which stood in faint whiteness upon the hillside
was shaking off some part of its superabundant moisture in the cheerful
breeze. The white clouds were scudding over the mountains, throwing a
poetic and perpetual interchange of light and shade over those silent
spectators who occupied so large a share in the landscape, and whose
sudden glories and brightness gave a human aspect to their everlasting
strength. The deep blue of the distance, deep, and dark, and dreamy,
against the open of the lighter sky; the thousand soft tones of purple,
of grey, of brown, and soft green; the whiteness of a sudden peak
starting into sunshine; the dark unfathomable depth of water, across
which a sudden shadow would fall dramatically like an event, made even
the silent country a partaker in the commotion which filled the young
man’s mind.

In this dramatic tumult of the elements, there was no knoll, no hollow,
no tree, which had not its share. And in the midst of the animated
scene, a sudden rush of alien sound, the rustle and sputter and
commotion of the little steamer fretting its busy, fussy way to the head
of the loch, which was the chief medium of communication with the
outside world, struck upon Edgar’s ear with not unpleasant discord. It
was work, it was life, it was the labour by which a man could live and
serve his generation, that was embodied to him in this little noisy
interruption which he had so often condemned as alien to the scene. Yes,
it was alien to the scene. But to be reminded of the world without, of
the noise, and movement, and high-pressure of life, was pleasant to
Edgar at this moment of his existence; it helped to stimulate the thrill
of new energy which seemed to be rising in his heart.

There was, however, a motive less elevated which, I am bound to admit,
affected the young man in his toleration of the steamer and its discord.
He was eager to get away from Loch Arroch back into the world, where, at
least, he would escape from the contemplation of that contrast between
his present and his past, which was forced upon him here. All the
confusion of his life, its conflicts between the sentiments which he
felt he ought to entertain and those which, in spite of him, came
uppermost in his mind, were kept painfully and constantly before his
eyes. Every detail of the homely farmhouse existence brought them before
him. The chief sting in all this was his vexation with himself for
feeling these details to be of importance. Had he retained his original
position, so little affected was he really by external circumstances,
that I believe he would have found the life at the Castle Farm
infinitely more reasonable, sensible, and natural than that which, as a
man of fortune and fashion, he would himself have been compelled to
lead, The simple fare, the plain rooms, the absence of luxuries, and
even some of those everyday luxuries which we call comforts, did not
really distress him; it was the sense of missing them, the quick and
vivid consciousness of this and that a-wanting, which made the young man
sore, and bitter, and ashamed of himself. And he felt in his heart that
everything would be easier to him when he could but get away. I must
add, however, that Edgar never showed his consciousness of the change of
sphere to others, deeply as he felt it. The farmhouse servant, and
little Jeanie, and even old Mrs. Murray herself, who had more insight,
considered him much more “easy to please” than any other man of the
kindred. “He gives just nae trouble,” Bell said, “and aye a ‘thank you,
Bell,’ for every hand’s turn I do for him. Eh! when it’s Johnnie
Campbell that’s i’ the house, ye can see the difference. It’s Bell here,
and Bell there, like as I had nothing a do but wait upon him. But it’s a
pleasure to serve Mr. Edgar, night or day.”

This was the testimony of one very clear-sighted witness; and even Mrs.
Murray concluded, with a relief which it would have been impossible to
put into words, that the change had passed lightly over her grandson’s
head without affecting him. “He has one of those blessed natures that
are aye content, and take everything easy from the hand of God,” she
said to herself, with a mixture of joy and disappointment; for this
blessed nature, blessed as it is, is secretly looked down upon by
persons conscious of more acute feeling. I believe my good Edgar had
thus something in his character of what is commonly called humbug. He
deceived people as to his own feelings by very consideration for their
feelings. It was so absolutely indispensable to his being to set his
companions at their ease, and make them comfortable so far as he could,
that he took them in habitually, to use another vulgar expression, and
was believed by everybody to be as happy as the day was long at Loch
Arroch, while all the while he was secretly longing to get away. I
believe that in some respects this kind of nature (not a very common
one) is less good, being less honest, than that more general disposition
which, when uncomfortable or dissatisfied itself, loses no opportunity
of making others so, and states its sentiments frankly, whether they are
likely to please its companions or not. I allow that Edgar’s special
peculiarities had their disadvantages. I do not attempt to excuse him, I
only state what they were.

Just as he came in sight of Loch Arroch head--the village which, seated
at the extremity of the loch, was the post town and general centre of
the district--Edgar was joined by Robert Campbell, the husband of his
eldest aunt, a man to whom he was expected to give the title of uncle,
and who regarded him with a mingled feeling of rough amity, respect
(for, was he not independent, with an income of his own, and able to
live like a gentleman?), and conscientious conviction that something
might be got out of him. He was a land-agent, in not a very great way, a
factor for some of the less important land-owners of the district, a man
not without education and information in his way, with considerable
practical knowledge of law, and still greater of agriculture, racy of
the soil, the sort of person whom a great landed proprietor from
England, such as poor Edgar had been a few years before, would have
appreciated mightily, and quoted for months after their meeting. But to
enjoy the shrewdness and profit by the conversation of such an
individual, when you are elevated a whole world above him,--and to take
him into your heart as one of your own relatives, are very different
things. Edgar shrank with a whimsical sense of moral cowardice as he saw
this personage approaching. He laughed ruefully at himself. “Oh, why are
uncles made so coarse, and nephews made so fine?” he said. But to see
the fun of a situation does not always enable you to bear it with
equanimity. He would have been very glad to get out of Robert Campbell’s
way had that been possible; but as it was not possible he did his best
to meet him with a smile.

“How’s the auld leddy the day?” said Campbell, stretching out a huge
hand to grasp Edgar’s; “living, and like to live, I’ll be bound. We
maunna grumble, for she’s given an aixcellent constitution to her
descendants, of which my lad is one as well as you. But, puir body, if
it had been the Almighty’s will--lang life’s a grand thing when you’re
well provided for,” Mr. Campbell concluded, with a sigh.

“I hope none of her descendants will grudge her the little she wants,”
Edgar began--

“Saftly, saftly, my man! nobody grudges her the little she wants. The
difficulty is, wha’s to provide that little,” said Campbell. “We’re all
decently well off in one sense, with no scrimping of meal or milk and a
good suit of black for a Sunday or a funeral, and a silk gown for the
wife. But to keep up a farm upon our joint contributions, as I hear is
what you’re thinking of--a farm, the chanciest thing in creation!--I
allow I canna see my way to that. Excuse me, Mr. Edgar, for speaking my
mind, but you’re young, and your notions are too grand for the like of
us--I’m no saying it’s your fault. We maun cut our coat according to our
cloth. I’m no fond of relations in the house; but she’s a harmless body,
and I’ll stretch a point for once: and John Bryce, in Sauchiehall St.,
will take Jeanie. He’s a man in a very decent way of business, and I’ve
no doubt he could make her useful in the shop.”

“But cannot you see,” cried Edgar, with a start and sudden wince,
interrupting him, “that my poor old grandmother would be wretched
without Jeanie? And Jeanie herself is too delicate a creature for any
such life. They must stay together. Surely, surely,” cried the young
man, “when she is helpless who has done so much for everybody, it is not
too much that we should provide for something beyond her mere
existence--her happiness as well.”

Campbell had watched him very closely while he made this speech. The
generous feeling with which he spoke brought the colour to Edgar’s
cheek; he was unsuspicious of the meaning of the close scrutiny to which
he was thus subjected, and made no effort to conceal this glow of
natural emotion.

“If it’s Jeanie you’re meaning,” said Campbell, with a laugh and
significant look, “no doubt there are other arrangements that might be
thought of; and a good man’s aye the best thing, especially when he has
enough to live on. If that’s your thought, my lad, I am not the one to
say you nay.”

“If what is my thought?” said Edgar, bewildered.

I do not think the idea had ever occurred to him before, and I cannot
describe the thrill of wounded pride with which he received this shock.
Jeanie! A child--a creature altogether out of his sphere. Jeanie! with
her pretty peasant manners, and poetic homely dialect, a little girl
whom he could be kind to, as he would be kind to the maid who milked the
cows, or the child who ran his errands! In all the course of the three
painful years that were past, I do not think Edgar had received any such
cutting and sudden blow. He realized all his own humiliation when he saw
himself placed in the imagination of the neighbourhood by little
Jeanie’s side--her cousin, her often companion, her so-possible wooer!
The thought stiffened him up all at once to stone. He forgot even his
usual consideration for the feelings of others.

“I have no thought of any kind in respect to Jeanie,” he said, coldly,
“except in so far as concerns my grandmother. The two ought not to be
separated. I cannot indeed allow them to be separated,” he added, still
more proudly. “I have a little money, as you know, and if nobody else
will do it, I must do it. I will make over to my grandmother my little
income, such as it is. She can live and keep her favourite with her, if
she has that.”

“Your--income!” Mr. Campbell could scarcely gasp out the words, so
breathless was he and dumb-foundered. “Your--income! And what will you
do yoursel’? But you mean an allowance; that’s a different matter,” he
added, recovering himself. “You’ll give in proportion to what the rest
of us give? Ay, ay. I can understand that.”



CHAPTER III.

Jeanie.


Edgar did not come home till the evening was considerably advanced. He
went with Campbell to his house, and partook of the substantial family
tea in the best parlour, which Mrs. Campbell, his aunt, called the
drawing-room--so that it was late before he returned home.

“There’s a moon,” Campbell said. “Ye need be in no hurry. A young fellow
in certain states of mind, as we a’ know, takes to moonlight walks like
a duck to the water.”

At which speech Mrs. Campbell laughed, being evidently in the secret;
but John, the only son, who was a student at the University of Glasgow,
and just about to set out for the winter session, looked black and
fierce as any mountain storm. These inferences of some supposed
sentiment, which he was totally ignorant of, might have passed quite
innocuously over Edgar only a day before, but they filled him now with
suppressed rage and deep mortification. Perhaps unreasonably; but there
is nothing which a man resents so much as to be supposed “in love” with
some one whom he considers beneath him. Even when there is truth in the
supposition, he resents the discovery which brings all the
inappropriateness of the conjunction before his mind; and if there is no
truth in it, he feels himself injured in the tenderest point--ill-used,
humbled, wronged. Edgar’s impulse was to leave the house where he was
thus insulted by inference; but partly pride, partly his usual deference
to other people’s feelings, and partly the necessity which was now
stronger than ever of carrying out his intentions and leaving the place
where he was subject to such an insane suggestion triumphed over his
first impulse.

Even Campbell was staggered in his vulgar notion that only Jeanie and
her fresh beauty could account for the young man’s prolonged stay and
unusual devotion, when he began to perceive the munificence of Edgar’s
intentions. A young man who wanted to marry might indeed be guilty of a
great many foolishnesses; he might be ready, Mr. Campbell thought, to
burden himself with the old mother for the sake of the pretty child; but
to alienate a portion of his income (for Edgar did not enter fully into
his plan) was a totally different and quite impossible sort of
sacrifice. What could be his motive? Was it that Jeanie might be
educated and made a lady of before he should marry her? As for pure duty
towards the old mother, honour of her long and virtuous life, compassion
for the downfall of so proud a spirit, being motives strong enough for
such a sacrifice, at this the worthy man guffawed loudly.

“I’m no the man to be taken in with fine words,” he said, with a broad
smile.

While these jokes and discussions were going on in the best parlour at
Loch Arroch Head, Jeanie, unconscious of any debate in which her name
could be involved, went about her usual occupations at home. She got the
tea ready, coming and going with soft steps from the parlour to the
kitchen, carrying in the tray, and “masking” the tea with her own hands.
As for Bell, she was “suppering” the kye, and looking after the outdoor
work, and had no time for such daintier service. Jeanie would steal a
moment now and then, while she prepared this simple meal, to step
noiselessly to the ever open door, and cast a wistful look up the
loch-side to see “if he was coming.” The gloaming grew darker and
darker, the stars came out over the hill, the moon rose, and still
Jeanie strained her eyes to see if any figure approached on the long
line of almost level road by the side of the loch. Once her heart leaped
up, thinking she saw him; but it was only a shearer taking his way home
from the West Park, where, taking advantage of a good day, the harvest
had gone on as long as the light permitted. Poor Jeanie! what a
difference there was between this heavy rustic form as it drew near,
relieved against the dark yet gleaming water of the loch, and the erect,
light-footed, elastic figure she looked for! As she washed the old china
cups brought out in his honour, and put the tea-things away, she
wondered with a pang in her kind little heart what could have kept him?
Had he met some of his grand friends, sportsmen arriving by the boat, or
those tourists whom the natives looked upon with mingled admiration and
scorn? or could any accident have happened? a thought which blanched her
pretty cheek with fear.

She would have liked to talk to her grandmother about Edgar, but she did
not venture to do more than wonder “what could be keeping him?” a
question to which Mrs. Murray responded placidly that no doubt he was
“drinking tea” with somebody at Loch Arroch Head. The old lady was not
discomposed by Edgar’s absence as Jeanie was; and poor Jeanie, in the
flutter and warmth of her feelings, could have cried with vexation at
the contrast between her own agitated heart and this calm, which she
thought indifference. Her grandmother “did not care.” “Oh, how could she
help caring, and him so good to her!” poor Jeanie said to herself. And
Bell went about her work out of doors, cheerily singing, in her full
rustic voice, as she prepared the supper for the kye, and carried it out
to the byre, coming and going in her strong shoes, with clink of pails,
and loud talking now and then to Sandy, who was helping. Nobody cared
but Jeanie that he was so late of coming home.

Then she went upstairs with her grandmother, who was still an invalid,
and helped her to bed, and read “the chapter” with which the day was
always concluded; and put a great old stick, with a gold head, which had
belonged to some ancestor, by the bedside, in order that Mrs. Murray, if
she wanted anything, should “knock down,” for there were not many bells
in the little farmhouse. The sitting-room was immediately below, and
this was the recognised way at the Castle Farm of calling for the
attendants. When this last duty was done, Jeanie was free for the night
to “take her book” or “her seam,” and do as she pleased, for she had
never had anything to do with “the beasts” or outdoor matters.

By this time Bell had finished with her clinking pails. She was in the
kitchen, still moving about, frying the cold potatoes into a savoury
mess, with which Sandy and she were about to regale themselves. Where
Bell’s strong shoes were, and her hearty voice, not to speak of Sandy’s,
which was very deep bass, there could scarcely be stillness in the
house; but when the kitchen door was closed, and the two (who were
sweethearts) talked lower, the spell of the quiet grew strong upon
Jeanie. She put down her seam, and stole out very quietly to the door,
which still stood innocently open; for at the Castle Farm they feared no
evil. If you could but have seen her, no prettier figure ever watched
for a tardy lover. She was dressed in a plain little brown frock,
without any furbelows, with a little rim of white collar round her neck.
Her golden hair was fastened up with a large tortoise-shell comb,
thought “very old-fashioned” by all the girls about Loch Arroch, which
had belonged to Jeanie’s mother, and of which, as a valuable article,
costing originally “more than a pound-note,” as her grandmother had
often told her, Jeanie was proud. The comb was scarcely visible in the
soft bright mass of hair, which Jeanie had not neglected to twist up in
its abundance into some semblance of “the fashion.” She leant against
the doorway with her chin propped in the hollow of her hand, and one
folded arm supporting the elbow of the other.

The stars shone high over head, high up above the big summit of
Benvohrlan, which shut out from her half the heavens. The moon was
behind, silvering over the red roof of the house, and falling glorious
upon the dark water, making it one sheet of silver from where it opened
out of the bigger loch up to the very foot of the mountain. The side of
Benvohrlan was almost as light as in the day-time, and Loch Long on the
other turn of the gigantic corner formed by the hill, went gleaming away
into invisible space, betraying itself in undefinable distance by here
and there a line or speck of silver. All up the loch side, at Jeanie’s
left hand, the path lay clear and vacant, without a shadow on it. On the
other side, the glimmering lightness of the stubble field, with its
sheaves looking like strange animals in the moonlight, extended to the
water edge, rounding out to where it too gained the margin of the parent
loch. I do not know any finer combination of hill and water. The level
fields of the Castle Farm on one side, and Big Benvohrlan on the other,
form the doorway by which the lesser loch enters the greater; on one
side an angle of cultivated land: on the other a gigantic angle of
mountain. But little Jeanie thought little of the familiar scene around
her. The moon, newly risen, cast a soft shadow of her little figure, the
same way as her heart went, upon the road from the loch-head by which
Edgar was coming. He saw this shadow with a little impatient vexation as
he approached the house, but not till long after little Jeanie’s heart
had jumped to perceive him.

Poor little gentle soul! her large eyes made larger and softer still by
her wistful anxiety and longing for his presence, had watched with
patience unwavering for more than an hour. She had not minded the chill
wind nor the weariness of standing so long, with no support but the
doorway. The attitude, the strained look, the patience, were all
characteristic of Jeanie. She was the kind of being which in all
second-rate poetry, and most second-rate imaginations, is the one sole
type of woman. Looking for some one who was the lord of her life, or
looking to some one--with soft eyes intent, with quick ears waiting,
with gentle heart ready to receive whatever impression he wished to
convey, the soft soul turned to the man who had caught her heart or her
imagination as the flower turns to the sun. To use the jargon of the
day, poor little Jeanie was receptive to the highest degree. She never
originated anything, nor advised anything, nor took any part as an
individual being in the conduct of life, either her own or that of
others. Hers were not those eager youthful opinions, those harsh
judgments, those daring comments which belong as much to youth as its
bloom. She was too artless to know anything of the prettiness of her
uplifted eyes, or the delicious flattery which lay in her absolute
submissiveness. Poor Jeanie did not know that these were charms much
more potent than the talents which she was aware she did not possess.
She listened, and looked, and watched for those signs of guidance, which
she obeyed by instinct with the docility of a dumb creature, because it
was her nature. She did not even intend to please; though she was happy
beyond description when she found that she had pleased, she did but act
as she could not help acting, according as her disposition moved her.
Edgar, who had not been used to this kind of woman, had been half
annoyed, half amused by her powerlessness to advise or help, her soft
devotion of look, now addressed to himself, now to Mrs. Murray. He had
wondered at it, and objected to it; yet he had been moved like any other
man to a softening sense of protection and almost tenderness. He was
flattered too in spite of himself to find her thus watching for him. It
made him more than half angry, but yet it pleased him involuntarily.

“You will catch cold standing out here in the night air,” he said
pettishly at the first moment. Then he added with compunction, “It is
kind of you to look for me, Jeanie; but you should not stand out in the
cold without a shawl.”

“I’m glad you’re come home,” said Jeanie, with instinctive policy
ignoring this reproof. “Grannie is in her bed, and it is lonely without
you. Will I make you some tea? or will you have your supper? You’ve been
long away.”

“Not so very long,” said Edgar, touched by the soft complaint, “but I
ought to have recollected that you were alone. Are you afraid, Jeanie,
at night with no one but Bell and the granny to take care of you? It is
a lonely house.”

“Oh, no,” said Jeanie, looking brightly round upon him, as he followed
her into the low parlour, where two candles were flickering on the table
before the fire.

“But it is a lonely house?”

“Oh, yes,” she repeated softly, “but what o’ that? Nobody would meddle
with us. Granny is as well known as Loch Arroch Kirk. Nobody dares
meddle with us. I’m never lonely, except when granny is ill and goes to
her bed, and I can hear Bell and Sandy in the kitchen. That makes me
think I would like somebody to speak to, too.”

“But Bell and Sandy,”--Edgar began: if he was going to be so incautious
as to add,--“are sweethearts,” I don’t know what would have become of
him; but happily Jeanie, with a sudden blush interposed.

“I was not meaning Bell and Sandy; any voices have the same sound. They
make you feel how lone you are.”

“That is true,” said Edgar, seating himself by the fire, which Jeanie
had kept bright, with a clean-swept hearth, and a clear red glow for his
coming. He sat down meditatively in the old mother’s chair. “That is
true,” he repeated slowly, “I have felt it often of winter nights when I
have gone upstairs to my chilly room, and heard the people chatting
together as I passed their doors.”

“_You_ have felt that, too?” said Jeanie timidly, with reverential
wonder, “but you need never be your lane unless you like.”

“I assure you I have often been ‘my lane,’ as you call it, when I did
not like at all,” said Edgar smiling, “you have much too high an
opinion, Jeanie, of what I can do ‘if I like.’”

“Oh, no,” said Jeanie, “you are not the same as the like of us; you are
a man, which is a great difference,--and then you’re a grand gentleman.”

“Jeanie, my foolish little Jeanie! I am your cousin and your granny’s
child like you,” he cried, putting his hand upon hers, to stop her in
the little outburst of innocent enthusiasm, which was, he felt, for an
ideal Edgar--not for him.

“It’s very hard to understand,” said Jeanie shaking her head softly with
a little sigh, “why you should be yonder the greatest of the land, and
now only granny’s son, like me. I’ll no try. When I think, I get back a
pain in my head like what I had--when I was ill.”

“You must not think,” said Edgar, “but, Jeanie, tell me, did you do my
commission? Did you persuade granny to let me do what I wish?”

“Yes,” said Jeanie eagerly; she came forward and stood by him in the
pleasure of making this report of her own faithfulness,--and the
cheerful ruddy gleam of the firelight flickered about her, shining in
her hair and eyes, and adding a tint to the colour on her cheek, which
was pale by nature. “I told her a’ you said, I did not miss a word. I
said it would be fine for her, but better for you; that you would do
something then, and now you were doing nothing; and that you would be
glad aye to think of Loch Arroch, and that there was a house there where
you were thought upon day and night, and named in a’ the prayers, and
minded, whatever you did, and whatever we did.”

“That was your own, Jeanie,” said Edgar, taking her hand, and looking up
at her with gratified tenderness. She was to him as a little sister, and
her affectionate half-childish enthusiasm brought a suffusion to his
eyes.

“If it was, may I no say what I think--me too?” said Jeanie, with modest
grace. “I told her that you couldna bear the thought of her away in
another man’s house, after so long keeping her own over a’ our heads,
that the siller was nothing to you, but that her--and me--were something
to you, your nearest friends in this world. Eh, I’m glad we’re your
nearest friends! though it’s strange, strange to think of,” said Jeanie,
in a parenthesis. “I told her that though she couldna work and I couldna
work, you could work, and win a fortune if you liked. I did not forget a
single word,” cried the girl, “not a word! I told her all you said.”

For a moment Edgar made no reply. He listened with a half smile,
wonderingly endeavouring to put himself in the place of this limited yet
clear intelligence, which was capable of stating his own generous
arguments so fully, yet incapable, as it seemed, of so much reflection
as would make her hesitate to expound them. Jeanie, so far as her
personal sentiment went, accepted his sacrifice with matter-of-fact
simplicity, without ever thinking of his side of it, or of the
deprivations involved. She took his offer to denude himself of
everything he had, with the same absolute pleasure and satisfaction with
which a child would accept a present. Was it her unbounded confidence in
his power to win a fortune if he liked? Or was it her simple instinct
that this was natural, and that the weak and helpless had a right to the
services of the strong? Edgar was bewildered by this question which
never entered into Jeanie’s mind. He was almost glad of her incapacity
to see beyond the surface of things, and yet wondered at it with
something between amusement and pain. Here was the primitive nature,
commonplace, unsophisticated, he said to himself, which believed what
was said to it simply demanding without motive or reason. No second
thoughts troubled the limpid surface of Jeanie’s gentle mind. She
believed unhesitatingly not only that he meant what he said (which was
true), but that the arguments she repeated were infallible, without
perceiving the sophistry of which Edgar himself, the author of them, was
fully conscious. Truly and sincerely she made as light of his
self-renunciation as he himself had made--a thing which is bewildering
to the self-sacrificer, though it may be the thing which is most
desirable to him and suits his purpose best. I do not know if Jeanie was
aware of the half tone of descent in the moral scale which made itself
apparent in Edgar’s voice.

“You have been a clever advocate, Jeanie,” he said with a smile, “and I
hope a successful one,” and with that he dropped her hand and took out
his newspaper. Was there anything amiss, or was it merely his lordly
pleasure to end the conversation? With a momentary sense of pain, Jeanie
wondered which it was, but accepted the latter explanation, got her
seam, and sat down within reach of the pleasant warmth of the fire,
happy in the silence, asking nothing more.



CHAPTER IV.

A Family Consultation.


A few days after, various members of the family arrived at the Castle
Farm, with the intention of deciding what was to be done. An arrangement
had been partially made with a young farmer of the district, who was
ready to enter upon the remainder of the lease, and whom the factor on
the part of the Duke was ready to accept as replacing Mrs. Murray in the
responsibilities of the tenancy. This, of course, everybody felt was the
natural step to be taken, and it left the final question as to how the
old lady herself was to be disposed of, clear and unembarrassed. Even
Edgar himself was not sufficiently Quixotic to suppose that Mrs.
Murray’s feelings and pride should be so far consulted as to keep up the
farm for her amusement, while she was no longer able to manage its
manifold concerns.

Mr. and Mrs. Campbell arrived first in their gig, which was seated for
four persons, and which, indeed, Mr. Campbell called a phaeton. Their
horse was a good steady, sober-minded brown horse, quite free from any
imaginativeness or eccentricity, plump and sleek, and well-groomed; and
the whole turnout had an appearance of comfort and well-being. They
brought with them a young man whom Edgar had not yet seen, a Dr. Charles
Murray, from the East-country, the son of Mrs. Murray’s eldest son, who
had arrived that morning by the steamboat at Loch Arroch Head. From
Greenock by the same conveyance--but not in Mr. Campbell’s gig--came
James Murray, another of the old lady’s sons, who was “a provision
merchant” in that town, dealing largely in hams and cheeses, and full of
that reverential respect for money which is common with his kind. Lastly
there arrived from Kildarton on the other side of Loch Long, a lady who
had taken the opportunity, as she explained to Edgar, of indulging her
young people with a picnic, which they were to hold in a little wooded
dell, round the corner of the stubble field, facing Loch Long, while she
came on to join the family party, and decide upon her mother’s destiny.
This was Mrs. MacKell, Mrs. Murray’s youngest daughter, a good-looking,
high-complexioned woman of forty-five, the wife of a Glasgow “merchant”
(the phrase is wide, and allows of many gradations), who had been living
in sea-side quarters, or, as her husband insisted on expressing it, “at
the saut water,” in the pleasant sea-bathing village of Kildarton,
opposite the mouth of Loch Arroch. The boat which deposited her at the
little landing-place belonging to the Castle Farm, was a heavy boat of
the district, filled with a bright-coloured and animated party, and
provided with the baskets and hampers necessary for their party of
pleasure. Mrs. MacKell stood on the bank, waving her hand to them as
they hoisted the sail and floated back again round the yellow edge of
the stubble field.

“Mind you keep your warm haps on, girls, and don’t wet your feet,” she
called to them; “and oh, Andrew, my man, for mercy’s sake take care of
that awful sail!”

This adjuration was replied to by a burst of laughter in many voices,
and a “Never fear, mother,” from Andrew; but Mrs. MacKell shook her
good-looking head as she accepted Edgar’s hand to ascend the slope. All
the kindred regarded Edgar with a mixture of curiosity and awe, and it
was, perhaps, a slight nervous shyness in respect to this stranger, so
aristocratical-looking, as Mrs. MacKell expressed herself, which gave a
little additional loudness and apparent gaiety to that excellent woman’s
first address.

“I’m always afraid of those sails. They’re very uncanny sort of things
when a person does not quite understand the nature of our lochs. I
suppose, Mr. Edgar, you’re in that case?” said Mrs. MacKell, looking at
him with an ingratiating smile.

He was her nephew, there could be no doubt of it, and she had a right to
talk to him familiarly; but at the same time he was a fine gentleman and
a stranger, and made an impression upon her mind which was but
inadequately counter-balanced by any self-assurances that he was “just
an orphan lad--no better--not to say a great deal worse off than our own
bairns.” Such representations did not affect the question as they ought
to have done, when this strange personage, “no better, not to say a
great deal worse” than themselves, stood with his smile which made them
slightly uncomfortable, before them. It was the most open and genial
smile, and in former times Edgar had been supposed a great deal too much
disposed to place himself on a level with all sorts of people; but
now-a-days his look embarrassed his humble relations. There was a
certain amusement in it, which bore no reference to them, which was
entirely at himself, and the quaintly novel position in which he found
himself, but which nevertheless affected them, nobody could have told
why. He was not laughing at them, respectablest of people. They could
not take offence, neither could they divine what he was laughing at; but
the curious, whimsical, and often rueful amusement which mingled with
many much less agreeable feelings, somehow made itself felt and produced
an effect upon which he had never calculated. It was something they did
not understand, and this consciousness partially irritated, partially
awed these good people, who felt that the new man in their midst was a
being beyond their comprehension. They respected his history and his
previous position, though with a little of that characteristic contempt
which mingles so strangely in Scotland with many old prejudices in
favour of rank and family; they respected more honestly and entirely his
little property, the scraps of his former high estate which made him
still independent; but above all they now respected, though with some
irritation, what seemed to them the unfathomableness of his character,
the lurking smile in his eyes. It confirmed the superiority which
imagination already acknowledged.

“I have not had much experience of the lochs,” said Edgar, following
with his eyes the clumsy but gay boat, with its cargo of laughter, and
frankly gay, if somewhat loud, merry-making.

Mrs. MacKell saw his look and was gratified.

“You’ll not know which are your cousins among so many,” she said; “and,
indeed, the girls have been plaguing me to write over and ask you to
come. They were all away back in Glasgow when my mother took ill, and
just came down last week on my account. It’s late for sea-bathing
quarters in Scotland; and, indeed, when they took it into their heads
about this pic-nic, I just raged at them. A pic-nic in October, and on
the loch! But when children set their hearts on a thing the mother’s aye
made to give way; and they had to be kept quiet, you see, while my
mother was ill, not knowing how it might end.”

“That is true,” said Edgar; “otherwise, so far as my poor grandmother is
concerned, this cannot be called a very joyful occasion.”

“I don’t see that for my part,” cried Mrs. MacKell, feeling herself
attacked, and responding with instant readiness. “Dear me! if I were in
my mother’s position, to see all my children about me, all that remain,
would aye be a joyful occasion, whatever was the cause; and what better
could she do at her age than go up the loch to my sister Jean’s
comfortable house, where she would be much made of, and have all her old
friends about her? My mother has been a good mother. I have not a word
to say against that; but she’s always been a proud woman, awfully proud,
holding her head as high as the Duchess, and making everybody stand
about. I’ll not say but what it has been very good for us, for we’ve
never fallen among the common sort. But still, you know, unless where
there’s siller that sort of thing cannot be kept up. Of course, I would
like it better,” added Mrs. MacKell, “to have my mother near, where I
could send the bairns--excuse me for using the words of the place.”

“Oh, I like the words,” said Edgar, with a laugh, which he could not
quite restrain--better than the sentiments, he would have said.

“Where I could send any of my young folk that happened to be looking
white, at any moment,” she went on; “far different from what I could do
with Jean, who has the assurance to tell me she always invites her
friends when she wants them, though her son has his dinner with us every
Sunday of his life during the Session! Therefore it’s clear what my
interest is. But you see, Mr. Edgar,” she continued, softening, “you
have the ways of a rich man. You never think of the difficulties. Oh!
Charles, is that you? I’m glad to see you looking so well; and how are
things going in the East country? and how is your sister Marg’ret, and
little Bell? If my young folk had known you were here, they would have
wanted you away with them in the boat. But I must go ben and see my
mother before all the folk come in. I suppose you are going to look
over the farm, and the beasts, with the rest.”

The young doctor--upon whom as a man of his own age, and one more like
the people he had been accustomed to than those he now found around him,
Edgar had looked, with more interest than any of his other relations had
called from him--came up to him now with a face overcast with care.

“May I speak to you about this painful subject,” he said, “before the
others come in?”

“Why a painful subject?” asked Edgar, with a smile, which was half
tremulous with feeling, and half indignant, too proud for sympathy.

“It may not be so to you,” said the young man. “She brought us up, every
one of my family; but what can I do? I have a brother in Australia, too
far off to help, and another a clerk in London. As for me, I have the
charge of my eldest sister, who is a widow with a child. You don’t know
what a hard fight it is for a young medical man struggling to make his
way.”

“No, not yet,” said Edgar, with a smile.

“Not yet? How can you know? If I were to take my grandmother home with
me, which I would do gladly, she would be far from everything that she
knows and cares for--in a new place, among strangers. Her whole life
would be broken up. And I could not take Jeanie,” the young man added,
with a thrill of still greater pain in his voice. “There would be other
dangers. What can we do? I cannot bear to think that she must leave this
place. But I have so little power to help, and consequently so little
voice in the matter.”

“I have not very much,” said Edgar; “but yet enough, I think, to decide
this question. And so long as I have a shilling, she shall not be driven
away from her home. On that I have made up my mind.”

His new cousin looked at him with admiration--then with a sigh:

“What a thing money is,” he said; “ever so little of it. You can take a
high hand with them, having something; but I, to whom Robert Campbell
and Mr. MacKell have both lent money to set me going--”

Edgar held out his hand to his companion.

“When this is settled I shall be in the same position,” he said; “worse,
for you have a profession, and I have none. You must teach me how I can
best work for daily bread.”

“You are joking,” said the young doctor, with a smile.

Like the others, he could not believe that Edgar, once so rich, could
ever be entirely poor; and that he should denude himself altogether of
his living for the sake of the old mother, whom they were all quite
ready to help--in reason, was an idea impossible to be comprehended, and
which nobody believed for a moment. He said nothing in reply, and the
two stood together before the door waiting for the other men of the
party, who were looking over “the beasts” and farm implements, and
calculating how much they would bring.

James Murray, the provision merchant, was the typical Scotchman of
fiction and drama--a dry, yellow man, with keen grey eyes, surrounded by
many puckers, scrubby sandy hair, and a constant regard for his own
interest. The result had been but indifferent, for he was the poorest of
the family, always in difficulties, and making the sparest of livings by
means of tremendous combinations of skill and thought sufficient to have
made the most fabulous fortune--only fortune had never come his way. He
had been poking the cows in the ribs, and inspecting the joints of every
plough and harrow as if his life depended upon them. As he came forward
to join the others, he put down in the note-book which he held in his
hand, the different sums which he supposed they would bring. Altogether,
it was a piece of business which pleased him. If he had ever had any
sentimental feeling towards his old home, that was over many a long year
ago; and that his mother, when she could no longer manage the farm,
should give it up, and be happy and thankful to find a corner at her
daughter’s fireside, was to him the most natural thing in life. The only
thing that disturbed him, was the impossibility of making her seek a
composition with her creditors, and thus saving something “for an
emergency.”

“James has aye an eye to what may come after,” Mr. Campbell said, with
his peculiar humour, and a laugh which made Edgar long to pitch him into
the loch; “he’s thinking of the succession. Not that I’m opposed to
compounding with the creditors in such a case. She’s well-known for an
honest woman that’s paid her way, and held up her head with the best,
and we all respect her, and many of us would have no objection to make a
bit small sacrifice. I’m one myself, and I can speak. But your mother is
a woman that has always had a great deal of her own way.”

“More than was good for her,” said James Murray, shaking his head.
“She’s as obstinate as an auld mule when she takes a notion. She’s been
mistress and mair these forty year, and like a women, she’ll hear no
reason. Twelve or fifteen shillings in the pound is a very fine
composition, and touches no man’s credit, besides leaving an old wife
something in her pocket to win respect.”

“And to leave behind her,” said Campbell, laughing and slapping his
brother-in-law on the back.

This was at the door of the farm-house, where they lingered a moment
before going in. The loud laugh of the one and testy exclamation of the
other, sounded in through the open windows of the parlour, where the
mistress of the house sat with her daughters; probably the entire
conversation had reached them in the same way. But of that no one took
any thought. This meeting and family consultation was rather “a ploy”
than otherwise to all the party. They liked the outing, the inspection,
the sense of superiority involved. The sons and the daughters were
intent upon making their mother hear reason and putting all nonsense out
of her head. She had been foolish in these last years of her life. She
had brought up Tom’s bairns, for instance, in a ridiculous way. It was
all very well for Robert Campbell’s son, who was able to afford it, to
be sent to College, but what right had Charlie Murray to be made a
gentleman of at the expense of all the rest? To be sure his uncles and
aunts were somewhat proud of him now that the process was completed, and
liked to speak of “my nephew the doctor;” but still it was a thing that
a grandmother, all whose descendants had an equal right to her favours,
had no title to do.

“My bairns are just as near in blood, and have just as good a right to a
share of what’s going; and when you think how many there are of them,
and the fight we have had to give them all they require,” Mrs. MacKell
said to Mrs. Campbell.

“Many or few,” said Mrs. Campbell to Mrs. MacKell, “we have all a right
to our share. I’ve yet to learn that being one of ten bairns gives more
claim than being an only child. Johnnie ought to be as much to his
grandmother as any grand-bairn she has--as much as Charlie Murray that
has cost her hundreds. But she never spent a pound note on my Johnnie
all his life.”

“There have been plenty pound-notes spent on him,” said the younger
sister, “but we need not quarrel, for neither yours nor mine will get
anything from their grandmother now. But I hope the men will stand fast,
and not yield to any fancies. My mother’s always been a good mother to
us, but very injudicious with these children. There’s Jeanie, now,
never taught to do a hand’s turn, but encouraged in all her fancies.”

“I would like to buy in the china,” said Mrs. Campbell. “Auld china is
very much thought of now-a-days. I hear the Duchess drinks her tea out
of nothing else, and the dafter-like the better. You’ll be surprised
when you see how many odds and ends there are about the house, that
would make a very good show if they were rightly set out.”

“My mother has some good things too, if all the corners were cleared,
that are of no use to her, but that would come in very well for the
girls,” said Mrs. MacKell; and with these kind and reverential thoughts
they met their mother, who perhaps also--who knows?--had in her day been
covetous of things that would come in for the girls. This was the easy
and cheerful view which the family took of the circumstances altogether.
Not one of them intended to be unkind. They were all quite determined
that she should “want for nothing;” but still it was, on the whole,
rather “a ploy” and pleasant expedition, this family assembly, which had
been convened for the purpose of dethroning its head.



CHAPTER V.

The Family Martyr.


I need not say that the feelings with which the old woman awaited the
decision of her fate were of a very different character. She had lain
awake almost the whole night, thinking over the long life which she had
spent within those walls. She had been married at eighteen, and now she
was seventy. I wonder whether she felt in herself one tithe of the
difference which these words imply. I do not believe she did; except at
special moments we never feel ourselves old; we are, to ourselves, what
we always were, the same creature, inexhaustible, unchangeable,
notwithstanding all vulgar exterior transformation. Poor old Mrs. Murray
at seventy, poor, aged, ruined, upon whom her children were to sit that
day and give forth her sentence of banishment, her verdict of
destitution, never more to call anything her own, to lodge in the house
of another, to eat a stranger’s bread--was to her own knowledge the same
girl, eighteen years old, who had opened bright eyes in that chamber in
those early summer mornings fifty years ago when life was so young.
Fifty years passed before her as she lay with her eyes turned to the
wall. How many joys in them, how many sorrows! how tired she had lain
down, how lightly risen up, how many plans she had pondered there, how
many prayers she had murmured unheard of by any but God, prayers, many
of them never answered, many forgotten even by herself, some, which she
remembered best, granted almost as soon as said. How she had cried and
wept in an agony, for example, for the life of her youngest child, and
how it had been better almost from that hour! The child was her
daughter, Mrs. MacKell, now a virtuous mother of a family; but after all
to her own mother, perhaps it would not now have mattered very much had
that prayer dropped unheard. How many recollections there are to look
back on in seventy years, and how bewildering the effort to remember
whether the dreamer lying there is eighteen, or forty, or seventy! and
she to be judged and sentenced and know her doom to-day.

She did not shed any tear or make any complaint, but acknowledged to
herself with the wonderful stoicism of the poor that it was natural,
that nothing else was to be looked for. Jean and her husband would be
kind--enough; they would give the worn-out mother food and shelter; they
would not neglect nor treat her cruelly. All complaint was silent in her
heart; but yet the events of this day were no “ploy” to her. She got up
at her usual time, late now in comparison to the busy and active past,
and came down with Jeanie’s help to the parlour, and seated herself in
the arm-chair where she had sat for so many years. There she passed the
morning very silent, spending the time with her own thoughts. She had
told Jeanie what to do, to prepare for the early dinner, which they were
all to eat together.

“You would be a good bairn,” she had said with a smile, “if you would
take it upon you to do all this, Jeanie, and say nothing to me.”

Jeanie had sense enough to take her at her word, and thus all the
morning she had been alone, sitting with eyes fixed on Benvohrlan, often
with a strange smile on her face, pondering and thinking. She had her
stocking in her hands, and knitted on and on, weaving in her musing soul
with the thread. When her daughters came in she received them very
kindly with a wistful smile, looking up into their faces, wondering if
the sight of the mother who bore them had any effect upon these women.
Still more wistfully she looked at the men who followed. Many a volume
has been written about the love of parents, the love of mothers, its
enthusiasms of hope and fancy, its adorations of the unworthy, its agony
for the lost; but I do not remember that anyone has ventured to touch
upon a still more terrible view of the subject, the disappointment, for
example, with which such a woman as I have attempted to set before the
reader--a woman full of high aspirations, noble generosities, and
perhaps an unwarrantable personal pride, all intensified by the homely
circumstances of life around her--sometimes looks upon the absolutely
commonplace people whom she has brought into the world. She, too, has
had her dreams about them while they were children and all things seemed
possible--while they were youths with still some grace and freshness of
the morning veiling their unheroic outlines. But a woman of seventy can
cherish no fond delusions about her middle-aged sons and daughters who
are to all intents and purposes as old as she is. What a dismal sense of
failure must come into such a woman’s heart while she looks at them!
Perhaps this is one reason why grandfathers and grandmothers throw
themselves so eagerly into the new generation, by means of which human
nature can always go on deceiving itself. Heavens! what a difference
between the ordinary man or woman at fifty, and that ideal creature
which he, or she, appeared to the mother’s eyes at fifteen! The old
people gaze and gaze to see our old features in us; and who can express
the blank of that disappointment, the cruel mortification of those old
hopes, which never find expression in any words?

Mrs. Murray, from the household place where she had ruled so long, where
she had brought up upon her very life-blood like the pelican, those same
commonplace people--where she had succoured the poor, and entertained
strangers, and fed from her heart two generations--looked wistfully,
half wonderingly at them as they all entered, and sat down round her, to
decide what was to be done with her. Something of a divine despair, like
that God Himself might have felt when the creation he had pronounced
good, turned to evil--but with a more poignant thrill of human anguish
in the fact of her own utter powerlessness to move to good or to evil
those independent souls which once had seemed all hers, to influence as
she would--swept through her like a sudden storm. But to show any
outward sign of this was impossible. Theirs now was the upper hand; they
were in the height of life, and she was old. “When thou wast young, thou
girdedst thyself, and walkedst whither thou wouldest; but when thou
shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird
thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not;” she said these words to
herself with a piteous patience and submission; but unheard by any
soul,--unless, indeed, it was by those sympathisers in Heaven, who hear
so much, yet make no sign that we can hear or see.

They came in quite cheerfully all of them, full of the many and
diversified affairs which, for the moment, they were to make the
sacrifice of laying aside to settle the fate of their mother, and held
over her body, as it were, a pleasant little family palaver.

“The children have gone down the loch for a pic-nic; they would have
come in to see Granny, but I said you would have no time for them
to-day. The weather is just wonderful for this time of the year, or I
never would have allowed such a thing.”

“It’s all very well for you town-folk to praise up a good day,” said Mr.
Campbell, “which is no doubt pleasant when it comes to them that have no
interest in the land--but a kind of an insult to us after all the soft
weather that has ruined the corn. What’s the use of one good day except
for your pic-nics and nonsense? nothing but to make the handful of
wheat sprout the faster. And the glass is down again--We’ll have more
rain the morn.”

“You’ll find it very dry in the East country, Chairles,” said Mrs.
Campbell; “more pleasant for walking, but very stour and troublesome to
keep a house clean, and a great want of water. Your sister Marg’ret was
aye ill to please about the weather; but after a’ that’s come and gone,
I hope she’s no so fanciful now?”

“You’ll be setting up a gig soon?” said James Murray, “or, perhaps,
you’ve done it already? It’s expensive, but it’s a kind of necessity for
a doctor.”

“Indeed I cannot see that; a strong young man like Charles that’s well
able to walk! but some folk are always taking care of themselves,” said
Mrs. MacKell. “In Glasgow, the richest men in the place think nothing of
a walk, wet or dry--and my bairns, I assure you, are never spoiled with
such luxuries.”

“A gig to a doctor is like a spade to a labouring man,” said Robert
Campbell, sententiously; “that’s an expense that I approve. Keep you up
appearances, Charles--that’s as long as you can do it out of your own
pocket,” he said with a laugh, thrusting his hand deep into his own.

“I know where you could lay your hand on a very decent machine, cheaper,
I answer for’t, than anything you’ll get in the East country,” said
James.

“And I am sure you have plenty of old harness that could be cleaned up,
Robert,” said Mrs. Campbell, “if it’s thought necessary. To be sure, if
he was sent for in a hurry to some country place, perhaps, or the other
side of the town--”

“Thank you all,” said the young doctor, “but I have a--conveyance. I
could not do without it. I took it from my predecessor, along with the
house and the goodwill.”

“Did you hear what he said?” said Mrs. MacKell, aside, to Mrs. Campbell,
“a conveyance, not a gig, as we were all saying. Depend upon it, it’s
some grand landau, or something, where Marg’ret can lie and take her
ease. To think how my mother spoiled these bairns!”

Mrs. Murray took no part in all their talk. She sat with her old eyes
sadly turned upon them, eyes that were clear with the pallid liquid
light of a sky just cleared from rain. I think the only one who was at
all interested in the old woman, beyond the matter-of-fact interest
which belonged to her as the cause of the meeting, was Edgar, who had
seated himself close to her, and who now laid his hand, in a silent
sympathy which nobody else felt, upon the hand with which she held the
arm of her chair. Her hand was grey-white, the colour of old age, with
all the veins visible on the wrinkled surface. When he put his young
warm hand upon it, it felt almost as cold as death.

“Don’t you think,” he said, with some abruptness, “that my grandmother’s
concerns ought to be settled before we talk of anything else?”

They had all, as I have said, a respect for Edgar, and his voice had an
immediate effect.

“That’s true,” said Mr. Campbell, “it would be better to settle
everything before dinner;” and with this comfortable levity they all
gathered more closely round the table. The drawing in of chairs and the
little noise of coughing and clearing throats which heralded the
commencement of a new subject, occupied the first minute; then James
Murray edged slightly away from the table the chair which he had drawn
close to it, and prepared to speak. But before he had opened his lips an
unforeseen interruption arose; Mrs. Murray herself took the initiative,
a thing entirely unexpected by her children, who had felt, with a sense
of security, that they had her fairly in hand.

“Bairns,” she said slowly, and at first in a low tone, while they all
turned upon her with surprise, “bairns, I am leaving you to settle
everything. I am old; I would fain have gone to them that’s passed
before me, but the Lord hasna been of my mind. Things have gone badly
with the farm, partly by His providence, partly by my fault--you know
that as well as I do. In my time, I’ve commanded you and done what I
thought best. Now the power has gone out of my hands; settle as ye will,
and I’ll no complain, so long as every man has his ain, and no debt is
left, nor any person to rise up against me and call me an unjust dealer.
I’ve done my best for you while it was in my power. Now, do your best,
I’ll no complain. Beggars should not be choosers. It’s all in your
hands.”

“Mother, you shouldna speak like that! as if you doubted that we could
think of anything but your good,” cried both her daughters in a breath;
“and as for beggars--not one of us would use such a word.”

“It’s what I am,” said the old woman firmly. “And there’s but one word I
have to say. You ken all of you what I would like best; that’s all I’ll
say; every one of you kens what I would like best. But, failing that,
I’ll do whatever’s settled on. I’ll no complain.”

“What you would like, we all know very well,” said James Murray,
hastily; “but it’s impossible, mother, impossible. You canna afford the
farm, you canna afford to keep up a house, doing nothing for it, or to
keep up a family. There’s _you_, and we’ll do our best.”

She made a little gesture with her hands, and relapsed into the
stillness which she had not broken when they talked of other affairs.
The discrowned monarch sat still to let whoever would take her sceptre
from her. She took up the stocking she had laid in her lap, and began
knitting again, looking at them with eyes out of which the wistfulness
had faded. An almost stern submission had replaced the wondering anxious
look with which she had looked round to see if anyone would understand
her, if any would deal with her as she had dealt by them.

“For you see,” continued James Murray, doggedly, “mother, we are none of
us rich, to be guided by your fancies. If we were great ones of this
earth, and you the auld Duchess, say, for example’s sake, you might have
your will, whatever it cost. But we’re all poor folk--or comparatively
poor folk. We may give you a welcome to our houses, such as they are,
and a share of what we have; but as for siller we have not got it, and
we cannot give you what we have not got to give.”

“That’s just about the real state of the case,” said Robert Campbell.
“There are many things more rife among us than siller. We’ve all sense
enough to see what’s for our advantage, and we’re all industrious folk,
doing our best; but siller is not rife. As for us, Jean and me have long
made up our minds what to do. It’s our duty, or at least it’s her duty,
as the eldest of the daughters; and your mother was always a kind
guid-mother to me, and never interfered or made mischief; so I would
never oppose Jean’s righteous desire. We’ll take the old leddy in. She
shall have a room to herself, and nothing to do, one way or other, more
than she pleases. If she likes to do any small turn in the house, in the
way of helping, well and good; but nothing will be asked from her. And
anything that the rest of you think that you could spare--I’m not a man
to haggle about my good-mother’s board. She shall have her share of all
that’s going the same as one of ourselves; but if any of you have
anything to spare----”

“Would it not be more satisfactory to us all, and more agreeable to my
grandmother,” said Edgar, suddenly, “if, without charging Mr. Campbell
above the rest, we were to make up a little income for her, to enable
her to keep her own house?”

This suggestion fell like a sudden cannon-ball into the group. There was
a universal movement.

“Well, well, I’m no forcing myself on anybody. Try what you can do,”
cried Campbell, offended, pushing his chair from the table.

“It’s just all stuff and nonsense!” cried his wife, reddening with
anger.

The other two elder people regarded Edgar with a mixture of disapproval
and dismay. And the young doctor, the only one of the party who showed
some sympathy for him, grew very red, and hesitated and cleared his
throat as if to speak--but said nothing. After a moment’s pause, James
Murray turned upon the inconsiderate speaker with a certain solemnity.

“Who are you, young man,” he said, “that you should put in your word and
do what you can to unsettle a well-considered family arrangement? You
heard me say not ten minutes since that just the thing we were wanting
in was money. We’re no in a position to make up incomes either for auld
wives or young lads. We’re all ready to acknowledge our duty to my
mother, and to pay it in kind according to our ability. If she tires of
Jean, she may come to me; none of us would shut our houses against her;
but as for an income, and to leave her free to make her house a refuge
for the destitute, as she has aye done, more’s the pity--”

“Mother,” cried Mrs. MacKell, suddenly, “what for are you looking so at
me? Do you think I wouldna rather, far rather, see you in your own
house? But I’m no an independent woman as you’ve been a’ your days. I’m
a man’s wife that has plenty to do with his siller. I brought him not a
sixpence, as ye well know, but a large expensive family, that wants a
great deal mair than ever _we_ got, as I often tell them. And what can I
do? I went to my man without a penny, and how can I ask him to spend his
siller on my folk? Mother,” and here Mrs. MacKell burst into hasty
sudden crying, half-vexation, half-shame, “it’s awfu’ unkind, when you
ken how I am situate, to give such looks at me!”

“I gave you no looks, Agnes,” said the old woman. “Oh, Sirs, hold all
your tongues. I’m the mother that bore you, and never counted the cost
for aught that was in my power to get for you. But I will have no strife
of tongues over me. Ye shall not quarrel what you’re to give, or how
little you’re to give. I canna bear it. Edgar, my bonnie man, you mean
well, but every word is another stab. Robert Campbell, I take your offer
kindly. I’ll no be much trouble. I canna promise that I’ll no last long,
for _that’s_ in the Lord’s hand, and waes me, I canna cut it short, no
by an hour. But it’s little I want, and I’ll give little trouble--”

She paused, with a piteous smile upon her face, gulping down something
which rose in her throat. With this smile she made her abdication,
looking round upon them with an anguish of submission and endurance so
curiously compounded of a hundred different ingredients of pain, each
giving sharpness and poignancy to the others, that to describe them all
exceeds my power.

“We’ll go ben and get our dinner,” she added hurriedly; “we’ll say no
more about it. I take it a’ for granted, and the rest you can settle
among yourselves.”

“But I cannot take it for granted,” said Edgar. “Stop a little. I will
not give any stabs, my old mother. Look here, my aunts and uncles.” He
said this with a momentary hesitation, with the half-smile which they
resented; but still they listened, having a respect for him and his
independence. “I am not like you,” said Edgar, still with that
half-smile. “The only thing I have is money, a little, not worth
speaking of, but still it is mine to do what I like with it. Is it not
true that there is some talk of building a new farmhouse for the new
farmer, as this one is old and in want of repair? I think I heard you
say so the other day.”

“It’s true enough--what’s about it?” said Campbell, shortly.

“Then my grandmother shall stay here,” said Edgar, decisively; “she
shall not be turned out of her home, either by her creditors, or--by her
sons and daughters. I have nobody to stop me, neither wife, nor sister,
nor child, nor duty. Thank heaven, I have enough left for that! If you
will take the trouble to settle all about it, Mr. Campbell, I shall be
grateful; it is all we will ask you for, not your hospitality, only a
little trouble. I don’t suppose the Duke will make any difficulties, nor
the young farmer whom I saw yesterday. Thank you for your kind
intentions. My grandmother will not be able to set up a refuge for the
destitute, but no doubt she will serve you all when you require her
services, as she has been used to do all her life,” said Edgar, with
some excitement. “Mother, not a word; it is all done, past my power of
changing as well as yours.”

They all sat and looked at him with momentary stupefaction, staring,
turning to give questioning looks at each other. Was the young man mad?
When Edgar ended by pushing some papers across the table to Campbell,
they all drew close to look, James Murray taking out eagerly, and
putting on with hands that trembled, a large pair of clumsy spectacles.
All the four heads of the elder people clustered about these documents;
they read the papers each over the other’s shoulder.

“It’s all in order--all in order. Young idiot! he’s bound himself as
long as she lives,” Campbell muttered in an undertone. “Why the deevil
didn’t ye let us know your intentions and save us a’ this trouble?” he
exclaimed aloud, putting away the women from behind him with a gesture,
and turning with well-put-on indignation to the young man, whose
excitement had not yet calmed down.

“Saftly, saftly,” said James Murray, “we must not let ourselves be
carried away by our feelings. I approve the lad; it’s just what I would
have done myself had I been without the burden of a family, and plenty
of siller to come and go upon. I’ll shake hands with you, Edgar, my lad;
it’s well done and well thought! Robert, here, may have a little feeling
on the subject, as being the one that offered his house; but for my
part, I’ve no hesitation in saying it’s well done, Edgar--well
done--just what, in your circumstances, I would have done myself!”

“By George! you’re a clever fellow, Jamie Murray!” cried Campbell, with
a loud laugh.

The two women did not say anything; they looked at each other, and Mrs.
MacKell, who was the most soft-hearted, began to cry.

“It’s what we would all have liked to have done,” she said feebly, after
an interval.

Her sister turned round sharply and scolded Jeanie, who had been sitting
behind backs looking on, and who now looked up at Edgar with a face so
radiant that it struck her aunt with sharp offence--more sharp than the
real offence of the stranger’s superior generosity, of which it was a
reflection.

“What are you doing there,” she said, “you little idle cutty? Did not
Granny tell you to see after the dinner? It may be good for her, but
it’s ruination to you, if you had the sense to see it. Dinna let me see
you sit there, smil--smiling at a young lad! I wonder you dinna think
shame! It’s all my mother’s fault,” she added bitterly, placing herself
in the chair by the window, which Jeanie, in dismay and tears, hastily
evacuated; “_we_ were kept to our work and kept in order, in our day;
but she’s spoiled every creature that’s come near her since. I’m glad
I’ve nae girls mysel that she can ruin as she’s ruined Jeanie!”

“Poor thing, she has nae mother to keep her right,” said the softer
sister.

I think, for my part, that the sharp offence and bitterness of the
women at the sudden turn that things had taken, showed a higher moral
sense than the eager satisfaction with which, after the first moment,
the men received it. Murray and Campbell both felt the immediate relief,
as far as they themselves were concerned. The women felt first the shame
and stigma of not having attempted to do for their mother what this
stranger was so ready to do. The result was much less pleasant and less
amiable to witness, but it showed, I think, a higher feeling of right
and wrong.



CHAPTER VI.

A Party in a Parlour.


The dinner which followed was not, the first part of it at least, a very
comfortable meal. Mrs. Murray herself was profoundly shaken by the
conference altogether. She was unable to say anything to her grandson
except the almost wild “No, lad; no, Edgar, my bonnie man!” with which
she had endeavoured to stop him at first. After this she had not uttered
a word. She had taken his hand between her old and worn hands, and
raised her face as if to God--praying for blessings on him? No--I do not
think her mind was capable of such an effort--she was looking up to the
Divine Friend who had been her refuge in everything these seventy years,
in a strange rapture of surprise and joy. How much part the sudden
change in her circumstances had to do with the joy, I cannot tell--very
little I think, infinitesimally little. “I have one son, one true son,
after all; heart of my heart, and soul of my soul!” This was the
predominating thought in her mind, the half-ecstatic feeling which
flooded her old being like sudden sunshine. Amid all the griefs and
disappointments to which such a soul is liable, there remains to one now
and then the tender and generous delight of seeing others do by her as
she would have done by them. How sweet it is; before all delight in
gifts, or even in affection! We think of the golden rule more often in
the way of a command, employing it to touch our own souls to languid
duty; but there are occasions when it is given back to us, so to speak,
in the way of recompense, vivified and quickened into rapture. This old
woman had practised it as she could all her life, and others had not
done to her as she had done to them; but here, at the end of her
existence, came one--her reward, one heir of her nature, one issue of
her soul. Thus she had her glimpse of heaven in the very moment
of her lowest humiliation. She had done little personally for
him--little--nothing--except to harm him; but she had done much for
others, sacrificing herself that they might live, and the stranger, in
whose training she had had no hand, who had with her no link of union
but the mystic tie of blood, gave back to her full measure, heaped up,
and running over. I must leave to the imagination of the reader the keen
satisfaction and joy, sharp and poignant almost as pain, with which this
aged soul, worn out and weary, received full in her heart, all at once,
as by a shot or thunderbolt, the unthought of, unhoped-for recompense.

The men, as I have said, were the first to reconcile themselves to the
sudden revolution. If any thrill of shame came over them, it was
instantly quenched, and ceased to influence the hardened mail, beaten by
much vicissitude of weather, which covered them. The women were
thinner-skinned, so to speak, more easily touched in their pride, and
were sensible of the irony with which, half-consciously to himself,
Edgar had spoken. But, perhaps, the person most painfully affected of
all was the young doctor, who had listened to Edgar with a painful flush
on his face, and with a pang of jealous pain and shame, not easy to
bear. He went up to the old lady as soon as the discussion was over, and
sat down close by her, and held a long conversation in an undertone.

“Grandmother,” he said, the flush returning and covering his face with
painful heat, “you do not think me ungrateful or slow to interfere? You
know it is not want of will, but want of means. You know--”

“Charlie, was I asking anything, that you speak so to me? I know you
could not interfere. You are in their debt still, poor lad?”

“Yes, I am in their debt still. I don’t know how to get out of it; it
grinds me to the ground!” cried the young man. “But what can I do?”

Mrs. Murray patted his hand softly with her old worn fingers; but she
was silent, with that silence which the weak nature, eager for
approbation, but unable to make a bold effort after good, feels so
profoundly.

“You don’t say anything,” said Dr. Charles, with a mixture of petulance.
“You think I might have done more?”

“No, Charlie, no,” said the old woman; “as you say not. I would be glad
to see you free of this bondage; but you must know best yourself.”

“There is so much to do,” said the young doctor. “I must get a position.
I must make an appearance like others in my profession. So many things
are necessary that you never think of here in a country place; and you
know Margaret has no health to speak of. There is so much expense in
every way.”

“She was always handless,” said Mrs. Murray. “She should come to me with
little Bell, and let you take your chance. Living costs but little here,
and what is enough for one is enough for two,” said the old woman, with
her perennial and instinctive liberality of heart.

“Enough for one! Jeanie is going to leave you then, as the Campbells
told me,” said the young man hastily. “He is to marry her as they said?”

“I ken nothing about marrying or giving in marriage,” said the
grandmother, with some severity of tone. “If that is still in your mind,
Charlie--”

“It is not in my mind--it was never in my mind,” he said with an
eagerness which was almost passionate. “She has a lovely face, but she
never was or could be a fit wife for a man in my position. There never
was anything in that.”

“Charlie, my man, you think too much of your position,” said the old
woman, shaking her head; “and if there was nothing in it, why should you
gloom and bend your brows at the _thought_ that Edgar might care for the
bonnie face as well as you? He does not, more’s the pity.”

“And why should you say more’s the pity? Do you want to be rid of
Jeanie? Do you want to be left alone?”

“I’m but a bruised reed for anyone to trust to,” she said. “Soon, soon
I’ll have passed away, and the place that now knows me will know me no
more. I would be glad to see my poor bairn in somebody’s hand that would
last longer than me.”

A momentary flush of strong feeling passed over the young man’s face.

“Grandmother,” he said, “you were too good to me. If I had been bred a
farmer like yourself--”

“You would have made but a weirdless farmer, Charlie, my man. It’s not
the trade that does it,” said Mrs. Murray, with some sadness. “But
Marg’ret had better come to me. She may hinder you, but she’ll no help
you. The bairns are maybe right; I was injudicious, Charlie, and grieved
for you that were all delicate things without a mother. I should have
known better. You are little able to fend for yourselves in this world,
either Marg’ret or you.”

“I don’t know why you should say so, grandmother. I am making my way in
my profession,” said Dr. Charles, not without offence, “and Margaret is
very greatly thought of, and asked to the best houses. If you have
nothing more to blame yourself with than you have in our case--”

Mrs. Murray sighed, but she made no answer. It was not for nothing that
her daughters had reproached her. Charles Murray and his sister Margaret
had been the two youngest of the flock, her eldest son Tom’s children,
whom the brave old woman had taken into her house, and brought up with
the labour of her own hands. The others were scattered about the world,
fighting their way in all regions; but Charlie and Margaret had been as
apples of her eye. She had done everything for them, bringing up the son
to a learned profession, and “making a lady of” the gentle and pretty
girl, who was of a stock less robust than the other Murrays. And as Mrs.
Murray had no patent of exemption from the failures that follow
sometimes the best efforts, she had not succeeded in this case. Charles
Murray, without being absolutely unsuccessful, had fulfilled none of the
high hopes entertained concerning him; and Margaret had made a foolish
marriage, and had been left in a few years a penniless widow dependent
upon her brother. No one knew exactly what the two were doing now. They
were “genteel” and “weirdless,” living, it was feared, above their
means, and making no attempt to pay back the money which had been lent
by their wealthier friends to set the young doctor afloat.

This was why the children she had trained so carefully could give their
old mother no help. Margaret had cried bitterly when she heard that the
old home was about to be broken up, and Charles’s heart was torn with a
poignant sense of inability to help. But the tears and the pain would
have done Mrs. Murray little good, and they were not of any profound
importance to the brother and sister, both of whom were capable of some
new piece of extravagance next day by way of consoling themselves. But
though Mrs. Murray was not aware of it, the sharp shock of Edgar’s
unlooked-for munificence towards her, and the jealousy and shame with
which Dr. Charles witnessed it, was the most salutary accident that had
happened to him all his life. The contrast of his own conduct, he who
was so deeply indebted to her, and that of his unknown cousin, gave such
a violent concussion to all his nerves as the young man had never felt
before; and whatever might be the after result of this shock, its
present issue was not agreeable. A sullen shadow came over him at the
homely dinner to which they all sat down with such changed feelings. He
had been the only one to whom Edgar had turned instinctively for
sympathy, and Edgar was the first to feel this change. James Murray and
Robert Campbell were the only two who kept up the languid conversation,
and their talk, we need not add, was not of a very elevated kind.

“The mutton’s good, mother,” said James; “you’ve aye good mutton at Loch
Arroch; not like the stuff that’s vended to us at I canna tell how much
the pound. That’s a great advantage you have in the country. Your own
mutton, or next thing to it; your own fowls and eggs, and all that. You
should go on keeping poultry; you were a very good henwife in the old
days, when we were all young; and there’s nothing that sells better than
new-laid eggs and spring chickens. Though you give up the farm, I would
advise you to keep them on still.”

“And I would not wonder but you might have grass enough for a cow,” said
Campbell. “A cow’s a great thing in a house. There’s aye the milk
whatever happens, and a pickle butter is never lost. It sells at as much
as eighteen pence a pound on the other side of the loch, when those
Glasgow people are down for the saut water. Asking your pardon, Agnes, I
was not meaning the like of you; there are plenty Glasgow people that
are very decent folk, but it cannot be denied that they make everything
very dear.”

“And what is that but an advantage to everybody as long as we can pay,
aye, the double if we like?” cried Mrs. MacKell, forgetting her previous
plea of comparative poverty. “We like everything of the best, I don’t
deny it; and who has a better right, seeing our men work hard for every
penny they make?”

“For that matter so do the colliers and that kind of cattle, that
consume all they earn in eating and drinking,” said Campbell. “I like a
good dinner myself; but the way you Glasgow folk give yourselves up to
it, beats me. That’s little to the purpose, however, in the present
case. James’s advice is very good advice, and so you’ll find is mine. I
would not object to being at the expense of buying in that bonnie brown
cow, the one you fancied, Jean--women are aye fanciful in these
matters--if there will be anybody about the house that could supper and
milk a cow?”

He looked doubtfully at Jeanie as he spoke, and they all looked at her,
some suspiciously, some contemptuously. They all seemed to Jeanie to
reproach her that she was not a strong, robust “lass” ready to help her
grandmother.

“I can milk Brounie; she’s so gentle,” said Jeanie, half under her
breath, looking wistfully at her critics. James Murray uttered a
suppressed “humph!”

“A bonnie young woman for a farm-house!” he said, “that can milk a cow
when it’s gentle. I hope you’ll save the lad’s siller as much as
possible, mother; no running into your old ways, taking folk into your
bosom, or entertaining strangers on the smallest provocation, as you
used to do.”

“I hope my grandmother will do precisely as she likes--in the way that
pleases her best,” said Edgar with emphasis.

“I am saying,” said Campbell with emphasis, “a cow; and the cocks and
hens, according to James. An honest penny is aye a good thing, however
it’s got. If young Glen gets the farm, as is likely, he’ll be wanting a
lodging till the new house is built. I would take the lad in and give
him accommodation, if it was me. In short, there’s a variety of things
that would be little trouble, and would show a desire to make the best
of what’s given you; and any assistance that I can be of, or Jean--”

“Oh my mother’s above my help or yours either,” said Mrs. Campbell, with
some bitterness. “You need not push yourself in, Rob, when neither you
nor me are wanted.”

Mrs. Murray listened to all this with grave patience and forbearance.
She smiled faintly at her daughter’s petulance, and shook her head.
“Bairns,” she said, gently, “I guided my own concerns before you were
born.” It was the only reproof she attempted to administer, and it was
followed by a pause, during which the sound of knives and forks was very
audible, each individual of the party plying his as for a wager, in the
sudden stillness which each affronted person thought it doubly incumbent
on him and her to keep up. Mrs. Murray looked round upon them all with a
smile, which gradually softened into suppressed but genial humour. “I
hope you are all making a good dinner,” she said.

The afternoon after this passed as a Sunday afternoon often passes in a
family gathering. They all stood a little on their defence, but, with a
keen appreciation of the fact, that the mother, whom they all intended
to advise and lecture, had certainly got the upper hand, and had been on
the verge of laughing at them, if she had not actually done so, were
prudent, and committed themselves no further. They all went out after
dinner to see the site where the new farm-house was to be built, and to
speculate on the way in which young Glen would manage the farm, and
whether he would succeed better than its previous occupant. The women of
the party visited “the beasts,” as the men had done before dinner, and
the men strolled out to the fields, and weighed in their hands the damp
ears of corn, and shook their heads over the length of the straw, and
pointed out to each other how badly the fields were arranged, and how
the crops had been repeated year after year. “It’s time it was all in
other hands,” they said to each other. As for Dr. Charles, he avoided
the other members of the party--the uncles who might ask for the money
they had lent him, and the aunts who might inquire with an undue
closeness of criticism into his proceedings and those of his sister. He
sat and talked with his grandmother in the parlour, answering her
questions, and making conversation with her in a way which was somewhat
formal. In short, it was very like a Sunday afternoon--and the sense of
being in their best clothes, and having nothing to do, and being, as it
were, bound over to keep the peace, was very wearisome to all these good
people. The little excitement of pulling to pieces, so to speak, the
house which had sheltered and reared them, was over, and thus a certain
flat of disappointment and everyday monotony mingled with the sense of
something unusual which was in their meeting. Their purpose was foiled
altogether, and the business _manqué_, yet they could not but profess
pleasure in the unexpected turn that things had taken. It was very like
a Sunday afternoon.

And it is impossible to tell what a relief it was to all, when the big
fishing-boat came heavily round the corner with the picnic party, and
Jeanie, in her plain brown frock, ran down to the landing to bid her
cousins come into tea. There were some six or seven in the boat,
slightly damp and limp, but in high spirits; three of whom were girls,
much more gaily dressed than Jeanie, yet with a certain general
resemblance to her. They all rushed fluttering in their gay ribbons up
to the farm-house, glad of the novelty, and threw themselves upon
“Granny,” whom they admired without the criticism in which their mother
indulged less than her brothers and sisters. They did not take much
notice of Jeanie, but Dr. Charles was full of interest for them, and the
unknown Edgar, who was still more emphatically “a gentleman,” excited
their intensest curiosity. “Where is he? which is him?” they whispered
to each other; and when Bell, the youngest, exclaimed with
disappointment, that he was just like Charlie Murray, and nothing
particular after all, her two elder sisters snubbed her at once. “If you
cannot see the difference you should hold your tongue,” said Jeanie
MacKell, who called herself Jane, and had been to a school in England,
crowning glory of a Scotch girl on her promotion. “Not but what Charles
is very nice-looking, and quite a gentleman,” said Margaret, more
meekly, who was the second daughter. The presence of these girls, and of
the young men in attendance upon them, to wit Andrew, their brother, and
two friends of his own class, young men for whom natural good looks did
not do so much as for the young women, and who were, perhaps, better
educated, without being half so presentable--made the tea-table much
merrier and less embarrassed than the dinner had been. The MacKells
ended by being all enthralled by Edgar, whose better manners told upon
them, (as a higher tone always tells upon women,) whose superiority to
their former attendants was clear as daylight, and who was not stiff
and afraid to commit himself like Charles Murray; “quite a gentleman,”
though they all held the latter to be. As for Edgar himself, he was so
heartily thankful for the relief afforded by this in-road of fresh
guests, that he was willing to think the very best of his cousins, and
to give them credit--that is the female part of them--for being the best
of the family he had yet seen. He walked with them to their boat, and
put them in, when sunset warned them to cross the loch without delay,
and laughingly excused himself from accepting their eager invitations,
only on the ground that “business” demanded his departure on the next
day. Mrs. MacKell took him aside before she embarked, and shook his hand
with tears gathering in her eyes.

“I could not say anything before them all,” she said, with an emotion
which was partly real; “but I’ll never forget what you’ve done for my
mother--and oh, what a comfort it is to me to think I leave her in her
ain old house! God bless you for it!”

“Good-bye,” said Edgar, cheerily, and he stood on the banks and watched
the boat with a smile. True feeling enough, perhaps, and yet how oddly
mingled! He laughed to himself as he went back to the house with an
uneasy, mingling of pain and shame.



CHAPTER VII.

Gentility.


Charles Murray did not return to the Campbells’ house for the night as
he had originally intended. The relatives were all out of sorts with
each other, and inclined to quarrel among themselves in consequence of
the universal discomfiture which had come upon them, not from each
others’ hands, but from the stranger in their midst. And as it was quite
possible that Campbell, being sore and irritable, might avenge himself
by certain inquiries into Dr. Charles’s affairs, the young man thought
it wiser on the whole to keep out of his way. And the grandmother’s
house was common property. Although only a few hours before they had all
made up their minds that it was to be no longer hers, and that she
thenceforward was to be their dependent, the moment that she became
again certain of being mistress in her own house, that very moment all
her family returned to their ancient conviction that they had a right to
its shelter and succour under all and every kind of circumstances.

James Murray went away arranging in his own mind that he would send his
youngest daughter “across” before the winter came on, “to get her
strength up.” “One bairn makes little difference in the way of meals,
and she can bring some tea and sugar in a present,” he said to himself;
while Dr. Charles evidenced still more instantaneously the family
opinion by saying at once that he should stay where he was till
to-morrow.

“It seems much more natural to be here than in any other house,” he said
caressingly to his grandmother.

She smiled, but she made no reply. Even, she liked it, for the position
of a superior dispensing favours had been natural to her all her life,
and the power to retain this position was not one of the least
advantages that Edgar’s liberality gave her. But even while she liked
it, she saw through the much less noble sentiment of her descendants,
and a passing pang mingled with her pleasure. She said nothing to Dr.
Charles; but when Edgar gave her his arm for the brief evening walk
which she took before going to rest, she made to him a curious apology
for the rest. Charles was standing on the loch-side looking out,
half-jealous that it was Edgar who naturally took charge of the old
mother, and half glad to escape out of Edgar’s way.

“We mustna judge them by ourselves,” she said, in a deprecating tone.
“Charlie was aye a weak lad, meaning no harm--and used to depend upon
somebody. Edgar, they are _not_ to be judged like you and me.”

“No,” said Edgar, with a smile; then rapidly passing from the subject
which he could not enter on. “Does he want to marry Jeanie?” he asked.

“That I canna tell--that I do not know. He cannot keep his eyes off her
bonnie face; but, Edgar, the poor lad has strange fancies. He has taken
it into his head to be genteel--and Marg’ret, poor thing, is genteel.”

“What has that to do with it?” said Edgar, laughing.

“We are not genteel, Jeanie and me,” said the old woman, with a gleam of
humour. “But, Edgar, my man, still you must not judge Charlie. You are a
gentleman, that nobody could have any doubt of; but the danger of being
a poor man’s son, and brought up to be a gentleman, is that you’re never
sure of yourself. You are always in a fear to know if you are behaving
right--if you are doing something you ought not to do.”

“Then, perhaps,” said Edgar, “my cousin would have been happier if he
had not been brought up, as you say, to be a gentleman.”

“What could I make him? Farming’s but a poor trade for them that have
little capital and little energy. Maybe you will say a Minister? but
it’s a responsibility bringing up a young man to be a Minister, when
maybe he will have no turn that way but just seek a priest’s office for
a piece of bread. A good doctor serves both God and man; and Charlie is
not an ill doctor,” she added, hurriedly. “His very weakness gives him a
soft manner, and as he’s aye on the outlook whether he’s pleasing you or
not, it makes him quick to notice folk’s feelings in general. Sick men,
and still more sick women, like that.”

“You are a philosopher, grandmother,” said Edgar.

“Na, na, not that,” said the old woman; “but at seventy you must ken
something of your fellow-creature’s ways, or you must be a poor creature
indeed.”

Meanwhile Charles Murray had gone back to the house, and was talking to
Jeanie, who for some reason which she did not herself quite divine, had
been shy of venturing out this special evening with the others. Perhaps
the young doctor thought she was waiting for him. At all events it was a
relief to go and talk to one in whom no criticism could be.

“You feel quite strong and well again, Jeanie?” he said.

“Oh yes, quite strong and well--quite better,” she said, looking up at
him with that soft smile of subjection and dependence which most people
to whom it is addressed find so sweet.

“You should not say quite better,” he said, smiling too, though the
phrase would by times steal even from his own educated lips. “I wonder
sometimes, Jeanie, after passing some months in England as you did, that
you should still continue so Scotch. I like it, of course--in a way.”

Here Jeanie, whose face had overcast, brightened again and smiled--a
smile which this time, however, did not arrest him in his critical
career.

“I like it, in a way,” said Charles, doubtfully. “Here on Loch Arroch
side it is very sweet, and appropriate to the place; but if you were
going out--into the world, Jeanie.”

“No fear of that,” said Jeanie, with a soft laugh.

“On the contrary, there is much fear of it--or much hope of it, I
should say. There are many men who would give all they have in the world
for a smile from your sweet face. I mean,” said the young man,
withdrawing half a step backward, and toning himself down from this
extravagance, “I mean that there is no doubt you could marry
advantageously--if you liked to exert yourself.”

“You should not speak like that to me,” cried Jeanie, with a sudden hot
flush; “there is nothing of the kind in my head.”

“Say your mind, not your head, Jeanie; and like the dear good girl you
are, say head, not _heed_,” said Dr. Charles with a curious mixture of
annoyance and admiration; and then he added, drawing closer. “Jeanie, do
you not think you would like to go to school?”

“To school? I am not a little bairn,” said Jeanie with some indignation,
“I have had my schooling, all that Granny thought I wanted. Besides,”
she continued proudly, “I must look after Granny now.”

“She has asked Margaret to come to her,” said the young man, “and don’t
you think, Jeanie, if you could be sent to a school for a time--not to
learn much you know, not for lessons or anything of that kind; but to
get more used to the world, and to what you would have to encounter if
you went into the world--and perhaps to get a few accomplishments, a
little French, or the piano, or something like that?”

“What would I do, learning French and the piano?” said Jeanie; her
countenance had over-clouded during the first part of his speech, but
gradually gave way to wonder and amusement as he went on. “Are you
thinking of Jeanie MacKell who can play tunes, and speak such fine
English? Granny would not like that, and neither would I.”

“But Granny is not the only person in the world,” he said, “there are
others who would like it. Men like it, Jeanie; they like to see their
wife take her place with anyone, and you cannot always be with
Granny--you will marry some day.”

Jeanie’s fair soft countenance glowed like the setting sun, a bright and
tender consciousness lit up her features; her blue eyes shone. Dr.
Charles, who had his back to the loch, as he stood at the farm-house
door, did not perceive that Edgar had come into sight with Mrs. Murray
leaning on his arm.

“May-be all that may be true,” said Jeanie, “I cannot tell; but in the
meantime I cannot leave Granny, for Granny has nobody but me.”

“She has asked my sister Margaret, as I told you--”

“Margaret instead of me!” said Jeanie, with a slight tone of wonder.

“It is strange how disagreeable you all are to my sister,” said Dr.
Charles with some impatience. “It need not be instead of you; but Granny
has asked Margaret, and she and the little one will come perhaps before
winter sets in--the change would do them good. I should be left alone
then,” he said, softening, “and if Margaret stays with Granny, I should
be left always alone. Jeanie, if you would but get a little education
and polish, and make yourself more like what a man wishes his wife to
be--”

Jeanie was looking behind him all the time with a vague dreamy smile
upon her face. “If that is a’ he wants!” she said dreamily to herself.
She was thinking not of the man before her, whose heart, such as it was,
was full of her image; but of the other man approaching, who did not
think of Jeanie except as a gentle and affectionate child. If that was
a’ he wanted! though even in her imaginative readiness to find
everything sublime that Edgar did, there passed through Jeanie’s mind a
vague pang to think that he would pay more regard to French and the
piano, than to her tender enthusiast passion, the innocent adoration of
her youth.

“If you would do that, Jeanie--to please me!” said the unconscious young
Doctor, taking her hand.

“Here is Granny coming,” said Jeanie hastily, “and--Mr. Edgar. Go ben
the house, please, and never mind me. I have to see that the rooms are
right and all ready. Are you tired, Granny? You have had a sore day. Mr.
Edgar, say good night to her now, she ought to go to her bed.”

Thus Dr. Charles was thrust aside at the moment when he was about to
commit himself. Jeanie put him away as if he had been a ploughman, or
she a fine lady used to the fine art of easy impertinence. So little
thought had she of him at all, that she was not aware of the
carelessness with which she had received his semi-declaration, and while
he withdrew stung all over as by mental nettles, abashed, insulted, and
furious, she went innocently upstairs, without the faintest idea of the
offence she had given. And Edgar went into the parlour after his cousin
humming an air, with the freshness of the fields about him. The
_insouciance_ of the one who had that day given away his living, and the
disturbed and nervous trouble of the other, self-conscious to his very
finger points, irritated by a constant notion that he was despised and
lightly thought of, made the strangest possible contrast between them,
notwithstanding a certain family resemblance in their looks.

“I am staying to-night,” said Dr. Charles, with a certain abruptness,
and that tone of irritated apology which mingled more or less in all he
said, “because it is too late for me to get home.”

“And I am staying,” said Edgar, “because it is too late to start, I must
go to-morrow. I suppose our road lies so far in the same direction.”

“You can get the London express at Glasgow, or even Greenock. I am going
to Edinburgh.”

“I have business in Edinburgh too,” said Edgar. He was so good-humoured,
so friendly, that it was very hard to impress upon him the fact that his
companion regarded him in no friendly light.

“You will leave the loch with very pleasant feelings,” said Dr. Charles,
“very different to the rest of us. Fortune has given you the
superiority. What I would have done and couldn’t, you have been able to
do. It is hard not to grudge a little at such an advantage. The man who
has nothing feels himself always so inferior to the man who has
something, however small.”

“Do you think so?” said Edgar, “my experience would not lead me to that
conclusion; and few people can have greater experience. Once I supposed
myself to be rather rich. I tumbled down from that all in a moment, and
now I have nothing at all; but it seems to me I am the same man as when
I was a small potentate in my way, thinking rather better than worse of
myself, if truth must be told,” he added with a laugh.

“I wish I had your nothing at all,” said Dr. Charles, bitterly; “to us
really poor people that is much, which seems little to you.”

“Well,” said Edgar, with a shrug of his shoulders, “my poverty is
absolute, not comparative now. And you have a profession, while I have
none. On the whole, whatever there may be to choose between us, you must
have the best of it; for to tell the truth I am in the dismal position
of not knowing what to do.”

“To do! what does it matter? you have enough to live upon.”

“I have nothing to live upon,” said Edgar, with a smile.

The young men looked at each other, one with a half-amusement in his
face, the other full of wonder and consternation. “You don’t mean to
say,” he asked, with a gasp, “that you have given her all?”

“I have no income left,” said Edgar. “I have some debts, unfortunately,
like most men. Now a man who has no income has no right to have any
debts. That is about my sole maxim in political economy. I must pay them
off, and then I shall have fifty pounds or so left.”

“Good heavens!” said the other, “and you take this quite easily without
anxiety----”

“Anxiety will not put anything in my pocket, or teach me a profession,”
said Edgar. “Don’t let’s talk of it, ‘Sufficient unto the day is the
evil there-of.’”

“But,” cried the other, almost wildly, “in that case all of us--I too--”

“Don’t say anything more about it,” said Edgar. “We all act according to
impulses. Perhaps it is well for those who have no impulses; but one
cannot help one’s self. I should like to start by the early boat
to-morrow morning, and before I go I have something to say to Jeanie.”

“I fear I am in your way,” cried Dr. Charles, rising hastily, with the
feeling, which was rather pleasant to him than otherwise, that at last
he had a real reason for taking offence.

“Oh, dear no, not at all. It is only to give her some advice about our
old mother,” said Edgar; but they both reddened as they stood fronting
each other, Charles from wild and genuine jealousy--Edgar, from a
disagreeable and impatient consciousness of the silly speeches which had
associated his name with that of Jeanie. He stood for a moment
uncertain, and then his natural frankness broke forth, “Look here,” he
said, “don’t let us make any mistake. I don’t know what your feelings
may be about Jeanie, but mine are those of an elder brother--a very much
elder brother,” he went on, with a laugh, “to a child.”

“Every man says that, until the moment comes when he feels differently,”
said Charles, in his uneasy didactic way.

“Does he? then that moment will never come for me,” said Edgar,
carelessly.

Poor little Jeanie! she had opened the door, the two young men not
observing her in their preoccupation, and Edgar’s words came fully into
her heart like a volley of musketry. She stood behind them for a moment
in the partial gloom--for they were standing between her and the light
of the feeble candles--unnoticed, holding the door. Then noiselessly she
stole back, closing it, her heart all riddled by that chance discharge,
wounded and bleeding. Then she went to the kitchen softly, and called
Bell. “My head’s sair,” she said, which on Loch Arroch means, my head
aches. “Will you see if they want anything in the parlour, Bell?”

“My poor lamb!” said Bell, “I wish it beena your heart that’s sair. Ye
are as white as a ghost. Go to your bed, my bonnie woman, and I’ll see
after them, Lord bless us, what a bit white face! Go to your bed, and
dinna let your Granny see you like that. Oh ay! I’ll see to the two
men.”

Jeanie crept up-stairs like a mouse, noiseless in the dark staircase.
She needed no light, and to hide herself seemed so much the most natural
thing to do. White! Jeanie felt as if her face must be scorched as her
heart seemed to be. Why should he have volunteered this profession of
indifference? It seemed so much the worse because it was uncalled for.
Did anyone say he cared for her? Had any one accused him of being “fond”
of Jeanie? Shame seemed to take possession of the little soft creature.
Had she herself done anything to put such a degrading idea into his
mind? Why should he care for her? “I never asked him--I never wanted
him,” poor Jeanie cried to herself.

Edgar never knew the second great effect he had produced on this
eventful day. When Jeanie appeared at the early breakfast before he set
out next morning, he was honestly concerned to see how pale she looked.
“My poor dear child, you are ill,” he cried, drawing her towards him,
and his look of anxious kindness struck poor Jeanie like a blow.

“I’m not ill. It’s my head. It’s nothing,” she said, starting away from
him. Edgar looked at her with mild astonished eyes.

“You are not vexed with me this last morning? Take care of the dear old
mother, Jeanie--but I know you will do that--and write to me sometimes
to say she is well; and talk of me sometimes, as you promised--you
remember?”

His kind friendly words broke Jeanie’s heart. “Oh, how can you look so
pleased and easy in your mind!” she said, turning, as was natural, the
irritation of her personal pain into the first possible channel, “when
you know you are going away without a penny, for our sake--for her
sake----”

“And yours,” Edgar added cheerily. “That is what makes me easy in my
mind.”

And he smiled, and took both her hands, and kissed her on the forehead,
a salutation which made little Scotch Jeanie--little used to such
caresses--flame crimson with shame. Charles Murray looked on with sullen
fury. He dared not do as much. This way of saying farewell was not
cousinly or brotherly to him.



CHAPTER VIII.

A Railway Journey: The Scotch Express.


The two young men set out together from Loch Arroch. The old lady whose
children they both were, waved her handkerchief to them from her window
as the steamer rustled down the loch, and round the windy corner of the
stubble field into Loch Long. They stood on the deck, and gazed at the
quiet scene they were leaving till the farmhouse and the ruin died out
of sight. How peaceful it all looked in the bright but watery sunshine!
The ivy waving softly from the walls of the ruin, the smoke rising blue
from the roof of the farmhouse, which nestled under the shadow of the
old castle, the stooks standing in the pale field glistening with
morning dew. Bell stood at the door in her short petticoats, shading her
eyes with one hand as she watched them, and old Mrs. Murray showed a
smiling, mournful face at her window, and the long branches of the
fuchsias waved and made salutations with all their crimson bells. Even
Bell’s shadow had a distinct importance in the scene, which was so
still--still as the rural country is between mountain and water, with
mysterious shadows flitting in the silence, and strange ripples upon the
beach. The scene was still more sweet from the shore, though not so
entirely enveloped in this peaceable habitual calm; for great Benvohrlan
was kept in constant life with moving clouds which crossed the sunshine;
and the eyes of the spectators on the land did not disdain the bright,
many-coloured boat, floating, as it seemed, between three elements--the
water, the mountain, and the sky. The shadow-ship floated over the side
of the shadow-hill among all the reflected shades; it floated double
like the swan on St. Mary’s Lake, and it was hard to tell which was the
reality and which the symbol. Such were the variations of the scene from
the loch and from the shore.

But though Bell was visible and Bell’s mistress, Jeanie was not to be
seen. She had disappeared within the ruins of the Castle, and watched
the boat from behind an old block of masonry, with eyes full of longing
and sadness. Why had she been so harsh, so hard? Why had she not parted
with him “friends?” What did it matter what he said, so long as he said
that he looked upon her as an elder brother? Was it not better to be
Edgar’s sister than any other man’s beloved? She cried, reflecting sadly
that she had not been so kind, so gentle as she ought to this man who
was so unlike all others. Like an elder brother--what more could she
wish for? Thus poor little Jeanie began to dree her fate.

The day was fine, notwithstanding the prophecy of “saft weather” with
which all the observers of sea and sky in the West of Scotland keep up
their character as weather prophets as Edgar and Charles Murray
travelled to Edinburgh. There was no subject of quarrel between them,
therefore they did not quarrel; indeed Edgar, for his part, was amused,
when he was not pained, by his cousin’s perpetual self-consciousness and
painful desire to keep up his profession of gentleman, and conduct
himself in all details of behaviour as a gentleman should. The young
Doctor nervously unbuttoned his over-coat, which was much more spruce
and glossy than Edgar’s, when he observed that his companion, never a
model of neatness or order, wore his loose. He looked with nervous
observation at Edgar’s portmanteau, at the shape and size of his
umbrella. Edgar had lived in the great world; he had been (or so at
least his cousin thought) fashionable; therefore Dr. Charles gave a
painful regard to all the minutiæ of his appearance. Thus a trim poor
girl might copy a tawdry duchess, knowing no better--might, but seldom
does, having a better instinct. But if any one had breathed into Charles
Murray’s ear a suggestion of what he was consciously (yet almost against
his will) doing, he would have forgiven an accusation of crime more
readily. He knew his own weakness, and the knowledge made him wretched;
but had any one else suspected it, that would have been the height of
insult, and would have roused him to desperate passion.

Thus they travelled together, holding but little communication. The
young Doctor’s destination was one of the smaller stations before they
reached Edinburgh, where Edgar saw, as the train approached, a graceful
young woman, with that air of refinement which a slim and tall figure
gives, but too far off to be recognizable, accompanied by a little
girl--waiting by the roadside in a little open carriage, half phaeton,
half gig.

“Is that your sister?” he asked, taking off his hat, as the lady waved
her hand towards them.

“Yes,” said Dr. Charles, shortly, and he added, in his usual tone of
apology, “a doctor can do nothing without a conveyance, and as I had to
get one, and Margaret is so delicate, it was better to have something in
which she could drive with me.”

“Surely,” said Edgar, with some wonder at the appealing tone in which
this half statement, half question was made. But a little sigh came from
his heart, against his will, as he saw Charles Murray’s welcome, and
felt himself rolled away into the cold, into the unknown, without any
one to bear him company. He too had once had, or thought he had, a
sister, and enjoyed for a short time that close, tender, and familiar
friendship which only can exist between a young man and woman when they
are thus closely related. Edgar, who was foolishly soft-hearted, had
gone about the world ever since, missing this, without knowing what it
was he missed. He was fond of the society of women, and he had been shut
out from it; for he neither wished to marry, nor was rich enough so to
indulge himself, and people with daughters, as he found, were not so
anxious to invite a poor man, nor so complacent towards him as they had
been when he was rich. To be sure he had met women as he had met men at
the foreign towns which he had chiefly frequented during the aimless
years just past; but these were chiefly old campaigners, with all the
freshness dried out of them, ground down into the utmost narrowness of
limit in which the mind is capable of being restrained, or else at the
opposite extreme, liberated in an alarming way from all the decorums and
prejudices of life. Neither of these classes were attractive, though
they amused him, each in its way.

But somehow the sight of his two cousins, brother and sister, gave him a
pang which was all the sharper for being entirely unexpected. It made
him feel his own forlornness and solitude, how cut off he was from all
human solace and companionship. Into his ancient surroundings he could
not return; and his present family, the only one which he had any claim
upon, was distasteful beyond description. Even his grandmother and
Jeanie, whom he had known longest, and with whom he felt a certain
sympathy, were people so entirely out of his sphere, that his
intercourse with them never could be easy nor carried on on equal terms.
He admired Mrs. Murray’s noble character, and was proud to have been
able to stand by her against her sordid relations; he even loved her in
a way, but did not, could not adopt the ways of thinking, the manners
and forms of existence, which were natural and seemly in the little
farm-house.

As for Jeanie, poor, gentle, pretty Jeanie! A slight flush came over
Edgar’s face as her name occurred to him; he was no lady-killer, proud
to think that he had awakened a warmer feeling than was safe for her in
the girl’s heart. On the contrary, he was not only pained, but ashamed
of himself for the involuntary consciousness which he never put into
words, that perhaps it was better for Jeanie that he should go away. He
dismissed the thought, feeling hot and ashamed. Was it some latent
coxcombry on his part that brought such an idea into his head?

His business in Edinburgh was of a simple kind, to see the lawyer who
had prepared the papers for the transfer of his little income, and who,
knowing his history, was curious and interested in him, asked him to
dinner, and would have made much of the strange young man who had
descended from the very height of prosperity, and now had denuded
himself of the last humble revenue upon which he could depend.

“I have ventured to express my disapproval, Mr. Earnshaw,” this good man
had said; “but having done so, and cleared my conscience if--there is
anything I can be of use to you in, tell me.”

“Nothing,” said Edgar; “but a thousand thanks for the goodwill, which is
better than anything.”

Then he went away, declining the invitation, and walked about Edinburgh
in the dreamy solitude which began to be habitual to him, friendly and
social as his nature was. In the evening he dined alone in one of the
Princes Street hotels, near a window which looked out upon the Castle
and the old town, all glimmering with lights in the soft darkness, which
was just touched with frost. The irregular twinkle of the lights
scattered about upon the fine bank of towers and spires and houses
opposite; the dark depth below, where dark trees rustled, and stray
lights gleamed here and there; the stream of traffic always pouring
through the street below, notwithstanding the picturesque landscape on
the other side--all attracted Edgar with the charm which they exercise
on every sensitive mind. When the bugle sounded low and sweet up in
mid-air from the Castle, he started up as if that visionary note had
been for him. The darkness and the lights, the new and the old, seemed
to him alike a dream, and he not less a dream pursuing his way between
them, not sure which was real and which fictitious in his own life;
which present and which past. The bugle called him--to what? Not to the
sober limits of duty, to obedience and to rest, as it called the
unwilling soldiers out of their riots and amusements; but perhaps to as
real a world still unknown to him, compassed--like the dark Castle,
standing deep in undistinguishable, rustling trees--with mists and
dream-like uncertainty. Who has ever sat at a dark window looking out
upon the gleaming, darkling crest of that old Edinburgh, with the crown
of St. Giles hovering over it in the blue, and the Castle half way up to
heaven, without feeling something weird and mystical beyond words, in
the call of the bugle, sudden, sweet, and penetrating, out of the
clouds? What Edgar had to do after the call of this bugle was no deed of
high emprise. He had no princess to rescue, no dragon to kill. He got up
with that half-laugh at himself and his own fancies which was habitual
to him, and paid his bill and collected his few properties, and went to
the railway. Other people were beginning to go to bed; the shop windows
were closing; the lights mounting higher from story to story. But a
stream of people and carriages was pouring steadily down into the
hollow, bound like himself, for the London Express. Edgar walked up
naturally, mechanically to the window at which firstclass tickets were
being issued. But while he waited his turn, his eye and his ear were
attracted by a couple of women in the dress of an English Sisterhood,
who were standing in front of him, holding a close conversation. One of
them, at least, was in the nun’s costume of severe black and white; the
other, a young slim figure, wore a black cloak and close bonnet, and was
deeply veiled; but was not a “Sister,” though in dress closely
approaching the garb. Edgar’s eyes however were not clever enough to
make out this difference. The younger one seemed to him to have made
some timid objection to the second class.

“Second class, my dear!” said the elder. “I understand first class, and
I understand third; but second is neither one thing nor another. No, my
dear. If we profess to give up forms and ceremonies and the pomps of
this world, let us do it thoroughly, or not at all. If you take second
class, you will be put in with your friend’s maid and footman. No, no,
no; third class is the thing.”

“To be sure. What am I thinking of?” said Edgar to himself, with his
habitual smile. “Of course, third class is the thing.”

It had been from pure inadvertence that he had been about to take the
most expensive place, nothing else having occurred to him. I do not know
whether I can make the reader understand how entirely without
bitterness, and, indeed, with how much amusement Edgar contemplated
himself in his downfall and penniless condition, and what a joke he
found it. For the moment rather a good joke--for, indeed, he had
suffered nothing, his _amour propre_ not being any way involved, and no
immediate want of a five-pound note or a shilling having yet happened to
him to ruffle his composure. He kept the two Sisters in sight as he went
down the long stairs to the railway with his third-class ticket. He
thought it possible that they might be exposed to some annoyance, two
women in so strange a garb, and in a country where Sisterhoods have not
yet developed, and where the rudeness of the vulgar is doubly rude,
perhaps in contrast with, perhaps in consequence of (who knows?) the
general higher level of education on which we Scotch plume ourselves.
They had given him his first lesson in practical contempt of the world;
he would give them the protection of his presence, at least, in case of
any annoyance. Not to give them any reason, however, to suppose that he
was following them, he waited for some minutes before he took his seat
in a corner of the same carriage in which they had established
themselves. He took off his hat, foreign fashion, as he went into the
railway carriage (Edgar had many foreign fashions). At sight of him
there seemed a little flutter of interest between the Sisters, and when
he took his seat they bent their heads together, and talked long in
whispers. The result of this was that the two changed seats, the younger
one taking the further corner of the same seat on which he had placed
himself; while the elder, a cheerful middle-aged woman, whose comely
countenance became the close white cap, and whose pleasant smile did it
honour, sat opposite to her companion.

I cannot say that this arrangement pleased Edgar, for the other was
young--a fact which betrayed itself rather by some subtle atmosphere
about her than by any visible sign--and his curiosity was piqued and
himself interested to see the veiled maiden. But, after all, the
disappointment was not great, and he leaned back in the hard corner,
saying to himself that the third class might be the thing, but was not
very comfortable, without any particular dissatisfaction.

Two other travellers, a woman and a boy, took their places opposite to
him. They were people from London, who had gone to Scotland for the
boy’s holidays after some illness, and they brought a bag of sandwiches
with them and a bottle of bad sherry, of which they ate and drank as
soon as the train started, preparing themselves for the night. Then
these two went to sleep and snored, and Edgar, too, went partially to
sleep, dozing between the stations, lying back in the corner which was
so hard, and seeing the dim lamp sway, and the wooden box in which he
was confined, creak, and jolt, and roll about as the train rushed on,
clamping and striding like a giant through the dark. What a curious,
prolonged dream it was--the dim, uncertain light swaying like a light at
sea, the figures dimly seen, immoveable, or turning uneasily like
spectres in a fever, veiled figures, with little form visible under the
swaying of the lamp; and now and then the sudden jar and pause, the
unearthly and dissipated gleam from some miserable midnight station,
where the porters ran about pale and yawning, and the whole sleepy,
weary place did its best to thrust them on, and get rid of the intruder.

Just before morning, however, in the cold before the dawning, Edgar had
a real dream, a dream of sleep, and not of waking, so vivid that it came
into his mind often afterwards with a thrill of wonder. He dreamt that
he saw standing by him the figure of her who had touched his heart in
his earlier years, of Gussy, who might have been his wife had all gone
well, and of whom he had thought more warmly and constantly, perhaps,
since she became impossible to him, than when she was within his reach.
She seemed to come to him out of a cloud, out of a mist, stooping over
him with a smile; but when he tried to spring up, to take the hand which
she held out, some icy restraint came upon him--he could not move,
chains of ice seemed to bind his hands and arrest even his voice in his
throat. While he struggled to rise, the beautiful figure glided away,
saying, “After, after--but not yet!” and--strange caprice of
fancy--dropped over her face the heavy veil of the young sister who had
excited his curiosity, and who was seated in the other corner of this
same hard wooden bench, just as Edgar, struggling up, half awake, found
that his railway wrapper had dropped from his knees, and that he was
indeed almost motionless with cold.

The grey dawn was breaking, coldest and most miserable hour of the
twenty-four, and the other figures round him were nodding in their
sleep, or swayed about with the jarring movement of the carriage.
Strange, Edgar thought to himself, how fancy can pick up an external
circumstance, and weave it into the fantastic web of dreams! How
naturally his dream visitor had taken the aspect of the last figure his
musing eyes had closed upon! and how naturally, too, the physical chill
of the moment had shaped itself into a mental impossibility--a chain of
fate. He smiled at the combination as he wrapped himself shivering in
his rug. The slight little figure in the other corner was, he thought,
awake too, she was so perfectly still. The people on the other side
dozed and nodded, changing their positions with the jerking movement of
restless sleep, but she was still, moving only with the swaying of the
carriage. Her veil was still down, but one little white hand came forth
out of the opening of her black cloak. What a pity that so pretty a hand
should not be given to some man to help him along the road of life,
Edgar thought to himself with true English sentiment, and then paused to
remember that English sisterhoods could take no irrevocable vows, at
least, in law. He toyed with this idea, he could not tell why, giving
far more attention to the veiled figure than half-a-dozen unveiled women
would have procured from him.

Foolish and short-sighted mortal! He dreamed and wondered at his dream,
and made his ingenious little theory and amused explanation to himself
of the mutual reaction of imagination and sensation. How little he knew
what eyes were watching him from behind the safe shelter of that heavy
black veil!



CHAPTER IX.

Alone.


Edgar did not well know where to go on his arrival in London. He knew
nothing about London except in its most expensive regions, and the only
place to which he could direct the driver of the cab into which he
jumped, was the chambers in Piccadilly which he had occupied in his
earlier days. He said to himself “For a day or two it cannot matter
where I live;” and, besides, the season was over and everything cheap,
or so, at least, Edgar thought.

The first thing he had to do was to see that his lawyers had carried out
his directions and paid his debts--the number of which appalled him--out
of his capital. Decidedly it was time that he should do something, and
should shake himself out of those habits of a rich man, which had, in
these three years, though he had no idea of it, compromised him to the
extent of half his little fortune. This debt he felt he could not trifle
with. The more indifferent he was about money, and the better able he
was to do without it, the more necessity was there for the clearing off
to begin with, of everything in the shape of debt. After all was paid,
and the residue settled on the old lady at Loch Arroch, there remained
to him about a hundred pounds in the bank, besides the two ten-pound
notes which he had in his pocket-book. “I must not touch the money in
the bank,” he said to himself, with a prudence which contrasted
beautifully with his other extravagances, “that must remain as something
to fall back upon. Suppose, for instance, I should be ill,” Edgar
reasoned with himself, always with a delicious suppressed consciousness
of the joke involved under the utter gravity and extreme reasonableness
of his own self-communings, “how necessary it would be to have something
to fall back upon!” When he had made this little speech to himself, he
subsided into silence, and it was not until half-an-hour later that he
permitted himself to laugh.

Both of his own suggestions seemed so oddly impossible to him. To be
ill--he, in whose veins the blood ran so lightly, so tunefully, his
pulse beating with the calm and continued strength of perfect harmony;
or to want a pound or two--he who had possessed unlimited credit and
means which he had never exhausted all his life. The change was so great
that it affected him almost childishly--as a poor man might be affected
by coming into a sudden fortune, or as a very young wife is sometimes
affected by the bewildering and laughable, yet certain fact, that she,
the other day only a little girl in pinafores, is now at the head of a
house, free to give as many orders as she pleases, and sure to be
obeyed. The extreme humour of the situation is the first thing that
strikes a lively girl, under these circumstances, and it was the humour
of it which struck Edgar: a fact, perhaps, which may lower his character
in the reader’s eyes. But that, alas, I cannot help, for such as he was,
such I must show him, and his character had many defects. Often had he
been upbraided that he did not feel vicissitudes which looked like ruin
and destruction to minds differently constituted. He did not--he was the
most _insouciant_, the most care-hating of men. Up to this period of his
life he had found the means, somehow, of getting a smile, or some gleam
of fun, out of everything that happened. When he could not manage this
the circumstances were very strange indeed, and I suppose he felt it;
but at all events, in such cases, he kept his failure to himself.

As soon as he had refreshed himself and breakfasted, he went out to see
his lawyer, who received him with that air of melancholy disappointment
which distinguishes all agents who are compelled to carry out what they
think the foolish will of their principals: but who submitted the
accounts to him, which showed that his directions had been obeyed,
explaining everything in a depressed and despondent voice, full of the
sense of injury.

“I am compelled to say, Mr. Earnshaw,” said this good man, “that, as you
have paid so little attention to our wishes, I and my firm would
hence-forward have declined to take charge of your business
transactions, if it had been the least likely that you would have had
any more business to do; but as this is not possible, or at least
probable--”

“You will continue to do it,” said Edgar, laughing. “I hope so; it would
be kind of you. No, I don’t suppose I shall have much more business to
do.”

“And may I ask without offence,” said Mr. Parchemin, who was an old
friend of Edgar’s old friend, Mr. Farqakerley, and had taken up the
foolish young fellow on the recommendation of that excellent and
long-established family solicitor. “May I ask how, now you have given
away all your money, you mean to live?”

“I must work,” said Edgar, cheerfully.

“Clearly; but what can you work at?”

“You have hit the difficulty exactly,” said Edgar, laughing. “To tell
the truth, I don’t know. What do you suppose I could do best? There must
be many men in my position, left in the lurch by circumstances--and they
must have some way of providing for themselves. What do they generally
do?”

“Go to the dogs,” said Mr. Parchemin, succinctly, for he was still
offended, and had not yet forgiven his impracticable client.

“I sha’n’t do that,” said Edgar as briefly--and with, for the first
time, and for one of the first times in his life, a shade of offence on
his face.

“There are a good many other things they try to do,” said Mr. Parchemin;
“for instance they take pupils--most men feel themselves capable of that
when they are driven to it; or they get into a public office, if they
have interest and can pass the examination; or they read for the bar if
they have friends who can support them for a dozen years; or they write
for the papers--”

“Stop a little,” said Edgar; “I have no friends to support me--I can’t
write--I don’t think I could pass an examination--”

“After twenty, and unless you’ve been crammed for the purpose, I don’t
know anyone who could,” said Mr. Parchemin, solemnly.

“And I doubt whether I could teach anything that any man in his senses
would wish to know.”

“I doubt it also,” said the lawyer, “judging, if you will pardon me for
saying so, by your guidance of your own affairs.”

“But a tutor does not teach boys how to guide their own affairs,” said
Edgar, recovering his sense of the joke.

“That is true too. A man may be very wise in giving good advice, and
admirable on paper, and yet be fool enough in other respects. There was
Goldsmith, for instance. But why shouldn’t you write? Plenty of stupid
fellows write in the papers. You are not stupid--”

“Thanks,” cried Edgar, laughing.

“Of course, you have read what Thackeray says on that subject--in
‘Pendennis,’ you know--how it is all a knack that anybody can learn; and
it pays very well, I have always heard. There is no sort of nonsense
that people will not read. I don’t see why you should not try the
newspapers; if you know any one on the staff of the _Times_, for
instance--that is a splendid opening--or even the _News_ or the
_Telegraph_.”

“But, alas, I don’t know anyone.”

“Do you mean to say you never met any of those press fellows? when you
were a great man, you know, when you were fashionable? At your club, for
instance? You must have met some of them. Think! Why, they go
everywhere, it’s their trade; they must have news. And, by the way, they
have made their own of you first and last; the Arden estate, and the
law-suit that was to be, and the noble behaviour of the unfortunate
gentleman, &c., &c. You have figured in many a paragraph. Some of them
you must know.”

“Newmarch used to dabble in literature,” said Edgar, doubtfully.

“Newmarch--Lord Newmarch! Why, that is better still. He’s in the
Ministry, a rising young fellow, with the Manchester interest, and a few
hundred thousands a-year behind him. He’s your very man; he’ll get you
something; a school-inspectorship, or something of that sort, at the
very least. What is he, by-the-bye? Education and that sort of thing is
his hobby, so, of course, he’s put somewhere, like Dogberry, where there
shall be no occasion for such vanities. Ah! I thought so; Foreign
Office. He knows about as much of foreign politics, my dear Sir, as my
office boy. That’s why he’s put in; that’s the present people’s way.”

“I don’t think I should like to ask a favour of Newmarch,” said Edgar,
with hesitation; and there suddenly rose in his mind a spiritual
presence which he had never before recognised nor expected to see, a
something which was Pride. He himself was so unaffectedly surprised by
the apparition that he did not know how to encounter it; but sat silent,
wondering, and unable to understand the new dilemma in which he found
himself. No; Newmarch was the last person of whom he should like to ask
a favour, he said to himself.

“Is there any one else whom you would like better?” said Mr. Parchemin,
somewhat satirically. “So far as we have got, Lord Newmarch’s is much
the most practicable aid you could get. Would you prefer to ask your
favour from anyone else?”

“You are quite right,” said Edgar, rousing himself. “The fact is, I
don’t like asking favours at all. I suppose I expected the world to come
to me and offer me a living, hat in hand. Of course, it is absurd.”

“Lord Newmarch is probably too high and mighty to prefer a friend unless
he is sure it will be for the public interest, etc.,” said Mr.
Parchemin. “He will say as much, at least, you may be sure of that. And
I advise you to be prepared for a great deal of this sort of lofty
rubbish; but don’t pay any attention to it. Don’t take offence.”

Edgar laughed; but the laugh was unexplainable to anyone but himself. He
had not been in the habit of taking offence; he had never borne anybody
a grudge, so far as he knew, in his life; but along with the new-born
pride which had arisen in him, was the faculty of offence coming too?
These were the first fruits of poverty, spectres which had never
crossed his sunny pathway before. And though he laughed, not with
amusement, but in a kind of dazed acknowledgment of the incongruity of
things, the sense of the joke began to fail in Edgar’s mind. The
whimsical, pleasant fun of the whole proceeding disappeared before those
apparitions of Anger and Pride. Alas, was it possible that such a vulgar
material change as the loss of money could bring such evil things into
being? His friendly, gentle soul was appalled. He laughed with pain, not
with amusement, because of the strange unlikeness of this new state of
mind to anything he had known before.

“Newmarch, I suppose, is not in town; he can’t be in town at this time
of the year,” he said, with a momentary hope of postponing his
sufferings at least.

“Ah, my dear Sir,” said the lawyer, “he is one of the new brooms that
sweep clean. Besides, there is something going on between Russia and
Prussia that wants watching, and it’s Lord Newmarch’s business to be on
the spot. If you’ll take my advice, you’ll see him at once. Before the
season begins he can’t have so many applicants. Go, if you’ll take my
advice, at once.”

Edgar winced, as a man cannot but wince who is thrown into the class of
“applicants” at a blow. Why shouldn’t he be an applicant? he said to
himself as he went out. Better men than he had been obliged to kick
their heels in great men’s anterooms; but fortunately the reign of
patrons was so far over now. Was it over? While human nature continued
could it ever be over? or would it not be necessary as long as the world
lasted that there should be some men holding out the hand to ask, and
others to give? Not so very long ago Lord Newmarch had come to him,
Edgar, hat in hand, so to speak, wanting not place or living, but the
good graces of a rich and fair young lady with whom her brother might
advance him. Her brother! There gleamed up before Edgar, as he walked
through the dusty October streets, the sudden glimpse he had seen at the
roadside station of Margaret waiting for her brother. Alas, yes! Most
people had sisters, if not something still dearer, to greet them, to
hear the account of all they had done, and consult what remained to do.
I do not know how it was that at this moment something brought into
Edgar’s mind the two ladies who had travelled with him from Scotland.
Probably the mere word Sister was enough; or perhaps it was because one
of them, the elder, was just turning the corner of the street, and met
him two minutes after. She smiled with a momentary hesitation (she was
forty at the least), and then stopped to speak.

“I had not a chance to thank you for getting our cab and looking after
our luggage. It was very kind; but my young friend was in a great
hurry.”

“She was, I suppose, of your sisterhood, too,” said Edgar, with a
curiosity which was quite unjustifiable, and for which he could not
account.

“Who? Miss ----. Oh! dear no,” said the good-humoured Sister. “She is
what we call an associate, and does what she can for our charges, the
poor people--in something like our dress; but it is far from being the
dress of a professed sister,” the excellent woman added, adjusting her
cross and collar. “I daresay you will meet her some day in society, and
you need not tell her great friends that a Sister of the Charity House
made her travel third class. We always do it; but fine people do not
like to know.”

“I should have to betray myself,” said Edgar laughing, “if I betrayed
you.”

“That is true,” said the Sister. “If you ever pass by the Charity House
at Amerton ask for Sister Susan, and I shall be glad to show you over
it. I assure you it is something to see.”

“I shall come some day or other,” said Edgar, not quite knowing what he
said. Who was she then, the girl with the veil who kept herself shrouded
from him? She had not seemed _farouche_ or unfriendly. She had waited
quietly while he did what he could for them at the railway station. She
had even touched his hand lightly as he put her into the cab; but there
had seemed to be three or four veils between him and her countenance.
During all the long journey he had seen of her nothing but the little
white hand stealing from under the cover of her cloak; but somehow his
dream came back to him, and wove itself in with the semblance of this
veiled stranger. Absurd! but sometimes an absurdity is pleasant and
comforting, and so it was in this case. He could not have said what
fancies came into his head, or if he had any fancies. No, he was past
dreaming, past all that kind of boyish nonsense, he said to himself. But
yet the recollection of the veiled maiden was pleasant to him, he could
scarcely have told why.

Lord Newmarch was at his office, and he was ready after some time to see
his visitor, whom he greeted with sufficient friendliness and good
feeling. Lord Newmarch had been very democratic in his day; he had taken
workmen in their working clothes to dine with him at his club in his hot
youth, and had made them very uncomfortable, and acquired a delightful
reputation himself for advanced ideas; which was a very great thing for
a new lord, whose grandfather had been a small shopkeeper, to do. But
somehow he was a great deal more at his ease with the working men than
with his former friend and equal, now reduced to a perfectly incredible
destitution of those ordinary circumstances which form the very clothing
and skin of most men. Edgar was in soul and being, no doubt, exactly the
same as ever; he had the same face, the same voice, the same thought and
feelings. Had he lost only his money Lord Newmarch would not have felt
the difficulty half so great, for indeed a great many people do
(whatever the world may say) lose their money, without being dropped or
discredited by society. But something a great deal more dreadful had
happened in Edgar’s case. He had lost, so to speak, himself; and how to
behave towards a man who a little while ago had been his equal, nay his
superior, and now was not his equal, nor anybody’s, yet the same man,
puzzled the young statesman beyond expression. This is a very different
sort of thing from entertaining a couple of working men to the much
astonishment (delightful homage to one’s peculiarities) of one’s club.
The doctrine that all men are brothers comes in with charming piquancy
in the one case, but is very much less easy to deal with in the other.
Lord Newmarch got up with some perturbation from his seat when Edgar
came in. He shook him warmly by the hand, and said,

“Oh, Arden--ah, Earnshaw,” looking at the card. “I beg your pardon. I am
delighted to see you.”

And then they both sat down and looked at each other after the warmth of
this accost, and found, as so often happens, that they had nothing more
to say. I do not know a more embarrassing position in ordinary
circumstances, even when there is no additional and complicating
embarrassment. You meet your old friend, you shake hands, you commit
yourself to an expression of delight--and then you are silent. He has
sailed away from you and you from him since you last met, and there is
nothing to be said between you, beyond that first unguarded and uncalled
for warmth of salutation, the emblem of an intimacy past. This is how
Lord Newmarch accosted Edgar; and Edgar accepted the salutation with a
momentary glow at his breast. And then they sat down and looked at each
other; they had given forth all the feeling they had toward each other,
and how could they express sentiments which had no existence? They had
to glide involuntarily into small talk about the empty state of town,
and the new Minister’s devotion to business, and the question between
Prussia and Russia which he had to keep at his post to watch. Lord
Newmarch allowed, with dignified resignation, that it was hard upon him,
and that an Under Secretary of State has much that is disagreeable to
bear; and then he added politely, but thinking to himself--oh, how much
easier were two, nay half-a-dozen working-men, than this!--an inquiry as
to the nature of his old friend’s occupation. “What,” said the
statesman, crossing and uncrossing his legs two or three times in
succession to get the easiest position, and with a look at his shoes
which expressed eloquently all the many events that had passed since
their last meeting, “What are you doing yourself?”



CHAPTER X.

A Noble Patron.


When two men who have met in careless intercourse, without any
possibility of obliging or being obliged, except so far as interchange
of courtesy goes, come suddenly together in relations so changed, the
easy question, “what are you doing?” spoken by the one whose position
has not altered, to the one who has suffered downfall, has a new world
of significance in it, of tacit encouragement or repulsion of kindly or
adverse meaning. It means either “Can I help you?” or, “Don’t think of
asking me for help.” If the downfallen one has need of aid and
patronage, the faintest inflection of voice thrills him with expectation
or disappointment--and even if he is independent, it is hard if he does
not get a sting of mortification out of the suspected benevolence or
absence of it. Edgar listened to Lord Newmarch’s questions, with a
sudden rising in his mind of many sentiments quite unfamiliar to him. He
was ashamed--though he had nothing to be ashamed of--angry, though no
offence had been given him--and tingled with excitement for which there
was no reason. How important it had become to him all at once that this
other man, for whom he felt no particular respect, should be favourable
to him, and how difficult to reconcile himself to the process of asking,
he who had never done anything but give!

“I am doing nothing,” he said, after a momentary pause, which seemed
long to him, but which Lord Newmarch did not so much as notice, “and to
tell the truth, I had a great mind to come cap in hand to you, to ask
for something. I want occupation--and to speak frankly, a living at the
same time. Not pay without work, but yet pay.”

“To be sure,” said Lord Newmarch; but his countenance fell a little. A
new applicant cannot but appear a natural enemy to every official
personage noted for high-mindedness, and a sublime superiority to jobs.
“I should think something might be found for you--in one department or
other. The question is what would you like--or perhaps--what could you
do?”

“I can do anything a man can usually do, who has never done anything in
his life,” said Edgar, trying to laugh. “You know how little that is--a
great deal that is absolutely useless--nothing that is much good.”

“Yes,” said Lord Newmarch, looking much more grave than his applicant
did, whose levity he had always disapproved of. “It is very unfortunate
that what we call the education of a gentleman should be so utterly
unpractical. And, as you are aware, all our clerkships now-a-days are
disposed of by competitive examination. I do not commit myself as to its
satisfactory character as a test of capacity--there are very different
opinions I know on that subject; but the fact is one we must bow to.
Probably you would not care at your age to submit to such an ordeal?”

“I don’t care what I submit to,” said Edgar, which was totally untrue,
for his blood was boiling in the most irrational way, at the thought
that this man whom he had laughed at so often, should be a Minister of
State, while he himself was weighing the probabilities of securing a
clerkship in the great man’s office. Nothing could be more wrong or
foolish, for to be sure Lord Newmarch had worked for his position, and
had his father’s wealth and influence behind him; but he had not
generally impressed upon his acquaintances a very profound respect for
his judgment. “But I don’t think I could pass any examination,” he added
with an uneasy laugh.

“Few men can, without special preparation,” said the Under Secretary,
whose face grew gradually longer and longer. “Do you know I think the
best thing I can do will be to give you a note to the Home Secretary,
who is a very good friend of mine, Lord Millboard. You must have met him
I should think--somewhere--in--”

“Better days,” said Edgar, struck by a sudden perception of the
ludicrous. Yes, that was the phrase--he had seen better days; and his
companion felt the appropriateness of it, though he hesitated to employ
the word.

“Yes, indeed; I am sure no one was ever more regretted,” said Lord
Newmarch, spreading before him a sheet of note-paper with a huge
official stamp. “I don’t think Arden half fills your place. All his
interest goes to the other side. You hear I suppose sometimes from your
sis--I mean from Mrs. Arden? What kind of post shall I say you wish to
have?”

“Say out the word you were going to say,” said Edgar, “my sister! I have
not seen anyone who knew her for ages. No, I thought it best not to keep
up any correspondence. It might have grown a burden to her; but it does
me good to hear you say my sister. How is she looking? Is she happy? It
is so long since I have heard even the name of Clare.”

“Mrs. Arden is quite well, I believe,” said Lord Newmarch doubtfully,
not knowing whether “the family” might quite like inquiries to be made
for her by her quondam brother. He felt almost as a man does who is
caught interfering in domestic strife, and felt that Clare’s husband
might possibly take it badly. “She has a couple of babies of course you
know. She looked very well when I saw her last. Happy! yes, I suppose
so--as everybody is happy. In the meantime, please, what must I say to
Lord Millboard? Shall I recall to him your--former position? And what
shall I say you would like to have? He has really a great deal of
patronage; and can do much more for you if he likes than I.”

“Tell him I have seen better days,” said Edgar with forlorn gaiety, “I
have met him, but I never ventured to approach so great a potentate.
Tell him I am not very particular what kind of work I do, so long as it
is something to live by. Tell him--but to be sure, if you introduce me
to him I can do all that myself.”

“That is true,” said Lord Newmarch with a little sigh of relief, and he
began to write his note. When, however, he had got two or three lines
written in his large hand, he resumed talking, though his pen still ran
over the paper. “You have been abroad I heard. Perhaps you can tell me
what is the feeling in Germany about the proposed unification? I am
rather new to my post, and to tell the truth it is not the post I should
have chosen; but in the service of the country one cannot always follow
one’s favourite path. ‘A gentleman of high breeding and unblemished
character, whose judgment could be relied upon,’ that will do, I think.
Millboard should find something to suit you if any one can. But to
return to what we were talking about. I should very much like to have
your opinion as an impartial observer, of the attitude of Bavaria and
the rest, and how they take Bismarck’s scheme?”

“Does not the principle of competitive examination exist in Lord
Millboard’s department?” said Edgar.

“Not to the same extent,” said Newmarch. “He has always a great deal in
his power. A word from Millboard goes a long way; he has a hand
officially or non-officially in a great many things. For instance, I
like to consult him myself before making an important appointment; he
knows everything. He might get you some commissionership or other. Some
of them are very good things; a literary man got one just the other day,
by Millboard’s influence. Did you read for the bar? No? Ah, that’s a
pity. But you might, perhaps, be made an inspector of schools; very high
qualifications are not required for such an appointment. By-the-by, now
that I think of it,” he continued, pausing after he had folded his
letter, and looking up, “you were brought up abroad? You can speak all
the modern languages; you don’t object to travel. I believe, after all,
you are the very man I want.”

Here he paused, and Edgar waited too, attentive and trying to be amused.
As what did the great man want him? As courier for a travelling party?
While Lord Newmarch pondered, Edgar, puzzled and not very much delighted
with his position, had hard ado to keep just as quiet and respectful as
became a man seeking his living. At last the Minister spoke.

“What I was thinking of,” he said, “was the post of Queen’s Messenger.
You know what that is? It is not badly paid, and the life is amusing. I
cannot tell you how important it would be to me to have a man I could
thoroughly trust in such a position. You would be simply invaluable to
me; I could rely upon you for telling me how people were really thinking
in foreign capitals. I cannot, of course, in my position, travel about
as a private person can, and there are a great many things I am most
anxious to get up.”

Here he paused for some reply; but what could Edgar reply? Lord Newmarch
was not thinking of him, but of his own need of information. Should the
applicant distract the Minister’s thoughts back from this greater
channel to that of his own private case? or should he throw his own
case, as it were, overboard, and give all his sympathy to the
Under-Secretary’s elevated needs? The position was comical, but perhaps
Edgar was not sufficiently at ease in his mind to see its comic side.

“You see how important it is,” Lord Newmarch said, very gravely, looking
at Edgar for sympathy; “everything depends upon genuine
information--what the people are thinking, not the _on dits_ that fly
about in diplomatic circles. My dear--eh?--Earnshaw,” he cried, with
enthusiasm, and a glance at Edgar’s card, “I can’t tell you how much use
you might be to me.”

Edgar could not restrain a hasty laugh, which, however, had not much
enjoyment in it. “I am delighted to hear it,” he said.

“Your name shall be put upon the list directly,” said Lord Newmarch.
“One of our men, I know, talks of resigning; and the very first vacancy,
I think I may almost say, without further reflection, shall be yours.
What are you going to do with yourself for the autumn? I leave town next
week, I hope, but I shall be back before Christmas; and if you don’t
hear from me by that time----”

“Before Christmas!” cried Edgar; he could not prevent his voice from
expressing a little dismay. What was he to do till Christmas? Live upon
his two ten-pound notes? or break into his precious little capital?
or---- The situation appalled him. I suppose he thought, having once
found something which he could be so very useful in, that it was in
Newmarch’s power to give him an appointment at once.

“Of course,” said Newmarch, benignantly, “if you are in the country,
don’t come to town on purpose. Any time in spring would probably do; but
if you don’t hear from me in a few months, come and see me. When so much
important business is passing through one’s hands, a little thing--and
especially a personal matter--is apt to slip out of one’s head.”

“To be sure,” said Edgar, rising hastily, “and I am taking up, about a
mere personal matter, your valuable time, which belongs to the nation.”

“Oh, don’t apologise. I am delighted to see you. And you can’t think of
how much use you might be to me,” said the great man, earnestly, shaking
hands with the small one, impressing upon him, almost with tears in his
eyes, the importance he might come to, “if this man will only be so good
as to resign.”

Edgar went away with a singing in his ears, which he could scarcely
understand at first. In all his kindly careless life there had been so
little occasion for that thrilling of the blood to the brain, in defence
of the Self assailed, which now at once stimulated, and made him dizzy.
He scarcely knew what it meant, neither could he realize the bitterness
that came into his heart against his will, a most unusual guest. He went
out from Lord Newmarch’s office, and walked long and far before he
quite came to himself. Walking has often a similar effect to that which
the poet tells us rhyme has, “the sad mechanic exercise, like dull
narcotics numbing pain.” When he gradually emerged from the haze and
heat of this first disagreeable encounter, Edgar took characteristic
refuge in the serio-comic transformation which the whole matter
underwent in Lord Newmarch’s hands. Instead of a simple question of
employment for Edgar Earnshaw, it became the great man’s own business, a
way of informing him as to the points in which his education was
defective. Finding employment for Edgar interested him moderately; but
finding information for himself, fired his soul;--the comical part of
the whole being that he expected the other, whose personal interests
were so closely concerned, to feel this superior view of the question as
deeply as he himself did, and to put it quite above the vulgar
preliminary of something to live by. To serve Lord Newmarch, and through
him the Government, and through the Government the country, was not
that, Edgar asked himself at last, feeling finally able to laugh again,
a much more important matter than securing bread and butter for our
thriftless man? As soon as he had laughed he was himself again, and the
after processes of thought were more easy.

By-and-by he persuaded himself that on the whole Newmarch had behaved
quite naturally, and not unkindly. “As a matter of course,” he said to
himself, “every man’s own affairs are more interesting to him than any
other man’s.” It was quite natural that Newmarch should think of his
own business as most important. It _was_ the most important, Edgar
continued, in his ingenious and peculiar style of reasoning, since it
was the business of the country--whereas Edgar’s business was only his
own, and of importance to nobody but himself. Equally, of course, it was
more important to secure a good public servant, even in the humble
capacity of a Queen’s Messenger, than to secure bread and butter for
Edgar Earnshaw; and, on the whole, there was a great deal to be said for
Newmarch, who was a good fellow, and had been generally friendly, and
not too patronizing. The only wormwood that remained in his thoughts by
the time evening approached, and he turned his steps towards his club in
search of dinner, concerned the long delay which apparently must occur
before this promised advancement could reach him. Before Christmas;
Edgar had very little idea how much a man could live upon in London; but
he did not think it very likely that he could get through two months
upon twenty pounds. And even if that should be possible, with his little
knowledge and careless habits, what should he do in the meantime? Should
he linger about town, doing nothing, waiting for this possible
appointment, which might, perhaps, never come to anything? This was a
course of procedure which prudence and inclination, and so much
experience as he possessed, alike condemned. Hanging on, waiting till
something should turn up! Was this all he was good for? he asked
himself, with a flush on his face. If only the other man would be so
obliging as to resign, or to be killed in a railway accident, or
swamped in a steamboat, or to take some foreign fever or other, of the
well-known kinds, which haunt those places to which Queen’s Messengers
are habitually sent! This was a lugubrious prayer, and I don’t think the
actual Queen’s Messenger against whom the anathema was addressed would
have been much the worse for Edgar’s ill-wishes.

These virulent and malignant sentiments helped him to another laugh, and
this was one of the cases in which for a man of his temperament to laugh
was salvation. What a good thing it is in all circumstances! and from
how many troubles, angers and ridiculousnesses this blessed power of
laughter saves us! Man, I suppose, among the fast narrowing list of his
specialities, still preserves that of being the only animal who laughs.
Dogs sometimes sneer; but the genial power of this humorous expression
of one’s sense of all life’s oddities and puzzles belongs only to man.

There were few people about at the club where he dined alone, and the
few acquaintances who recognised him were very shy about his name, not
knowing how to address him, and asking each other in corners, as he
divined, what the deuce was his real name, now it had been found out
that he was not Arden? for it must be remembered that he had gone abroad
immediately after his downfall, and had never been known in society
under his new name, which by this time had become sufficiently familiar
to himself. His dinner, poor fellow, was rather a doleful one, and
accompanied by many thoughts. He went to one of the theatres
afterwards, where the interregnum between one season and another still
lasted, and foolishness more foolish even than that which is permitted
at other periods, reigned riotous. Edgar came away wearied and disgusted
before the performance was over, and had walked about aimlessly for some
time before he recollected that he had travelled all night, and had a
right to be tired--upon which recollection his aimless steps changed
their character, and he went off briskly and thankfully through the
bustling streets under the stars, which were sharp with night frost as
they had been at Loch Arroch. Looking up at them as they glowed and
sparkled over the dark house-tops in London, it was natural to think
what was going on at Loch Arroch now. The kye would be “suppered,” and
Bell would have fastened the ever open door, and little Jeanie upstairs
would be reading her “chapter” to her grandmother before the old lady
went to bed. He had seen that little, tender, pious scene more than
once, when Granny was feeble, and he had gone to her room to say
good-night. How sweet the low Scotch voice, with its soft broad vowels,
had sounded, reading reverently those sacred verses, better than
invocation of angels to keep the house from harm! What a peaceful,
homely little house! all in it resting tranquil and untroubled beneath
the twinkling stars. He went home to his rooms, through streets where
very different scenes were going on, hushed by the thought of the rural
calm and stillness, and half thinking the dark shadows he felt around
him must be the dew-breathing shadows of the hills. And when Edgar got
up to his bachelor refuge in Piccadilly, which he called home for the
nonce for lack of a better, he did the very wisest thing a tired man
could do, he went to bed; where he slept the moment his head touched the
pillow, that sleep which does not always attend the innocent. The morn,
as says our homely proverb in Scotland, would bring a new day.



CHAPTER XI.

Waiting for a Situation.


Edgar’s calculations, which he began next morning, and carried on for a
great many days after, were of a kind which many men have made before
him, that it would be foolish to call them original. He made elaborate
calculations upon various pieces of paper, by which he made out that
with economy, he could perfectly well live upon his twenty pounds for
two months. To be sure his rent in these rooms in Piccadilly was
preposterously high, and could not by any means be brought within that
calculation. But then he reflected to himself that moving is always
expensive--(he possessed two portmanteaus, a box of books, and a
dressing-case, all of which could have gone in a cab)--and that very
probably he might fall among thieves, and get into the hands of one of
those proverbial landladies who steal the tea, and drink the brandy, in
which case it would be no economy at all to save a few shillings on
rent. In short, Edgar said to himself, loftily, these petty little
savings never tell. You are much less comfortable, and it is just as
expensive. For the same reason, he felt it was much the best way to
continue dining at the club. “It may be sixpence dearer, but it is so
infinitely more comfortable,” he said to himself; and, after all,
comfort was worth an additional sixpence. By striking off the rent of
his rooms altogether from the calculation, it seemed to him that he
could afford his dinners at the club; and if he got his appointment by
Christmas, as he certainly must, it would be so easy to pay the lodgings
in a lump. He jotted down these calculations so often, and upon so many
bits of paper, that he grew to believe in them as if they had been a
revelation. By this it will appear that his doubts about hanging on, and
waiting for the possible Queen’s Messengership which he had at first set
down as out of the question, did not continue to appear so impracticable
as time went on. He said to himself every morning that it was absurd,
but still he did nothing else, and gradually the Queen’s Messengership
grew to be a certain thing to him, upon which he was to enter at
Christmas, or a little later. After all, what did it matter how he spent
a week or two of his time? At eight-and-twenty, life does not appear so
short as some people have found it. A week or two, a month or two, were
neither here nor there.

I can scarcely tell how Edgar occupied himself during these wintry days.
For one thing, he had not been accustomed to regular occupation, and the
desultory life was familiar to him. The days glided past he scarcely
knew how. He did a great many perfectly virtuous and laudable actions.
He went to the British Museum, and to all the collections of pictures;
he even, in sheer absence of anything else to do, went to the Charity
House, which was a little way out of London, and was taken over it by
Sister Susan, his travelling companion, and for an hour or so was seized
upon by the charity fever, which is very contagious, and for some days
kept thinking, as he went about the streets, of all the miserable
souls--not to say bodies--consuming there, in dirt, and disease, and
ignorance. I do not mean to give any account of the Charity-House--at
least, not here and at this moment. But Sister Susan undeniably
exercised a powerful attraction over the young man, as she discoursed in
her cheery voice of her orphans, and her patients, and her penitents,
all of which classes were collected round and in “the House.” She was
not “the Mother,” who was rather a great personage, but she was one of
the elders in the Sisterhood, and her conventual talk was very amusing
to Edgar, who was not used to it. He did all he could to make her talk
of the journey in which they had been fellow-travellers, and of her
young companion; and Sister Susan was cunningly open in certain
particulars:

Yes, she had been in Scotland, in the North, where it was thought things
were ripening for a great work, and where it had been suggested a
Sisterhood might be of use in helping to restore a benighted people to
Christian unity in the bosom of the afflicted Church of Scotland, the
only real representative of Apostolic Christianity among the
Presbyterians, who usurp even that faithful remnant’s name. But it did
not carry out their expectations, Sister Susan allowed. The
Presbyterians were very obstinate and bigoted. Poor creatures, they
preferred their own way, though it could lead to nothing but darkness;
and the idea had to be resigned.

“Was your companion with you on your mission? Miss ---- I forget what you
said was her name,” said deceitful Edgar.

Sister Susan shook her head.

“She has not sufficient experience for that,” she said, decidedly. “No,
no, no. We must not employ new beginners in such delicate work. She was
on a visit, and was anxious to get home. I took charge of her at Lady--I
mean at the request of a relation of hers; and I made her do a little
bit of self-denial, as you saw,” said Sister Susan, laughing, “which is
an excellent thing always--not very comfortable for the body, perhaps,
but excellent for the soul.”

“Do you think so?” said Edgar, whose present experience was not much in
that way, whose givings up had hitherto cost him little, and who had
begun to suspect that, notwithstanding all that had happened to him, and
all that he had bestowed upon others, he had not even begun yet to find
out what self-denial meant.

“Not a doubt of it,” said Sister Susan. She was so sure of everything
that it was a pleasure to see her nod her confident little head, and
cross her hands. “She laughs about it now, and makes a great joke;
though, after all, she says it was a cheat, and the third class was
quite as good as the first--no originals in it, nor genuine poor
people--only you.”

“Did she know me?”

The question burst from him in spite of himself, and it had a somewhat
uncomfortable effect on Sister Susan.

“Know you?” she said. “What--what--a curious question, Mr. Earnshaw!
Now, how could she know you? You never saw her before.”

“I suppose not,” said Edgar, doubtfully.

“Why, you know you never did,” said Sister Susan, with her usual
confident tone, and indeed Edgar felt that she must be right. “You took
her for a Sister,” she added, with a merry laugh.

“How should I know the difference?” asked piteously the young man.

“Why, she had not this, nor this, nor this,” said the Sister,
triumphantly touching one part of her dress after another. “She had on a
simple black dress, and cloak, and veil--that was all. A good little
girl,” she continued, “our orphans are all fond of her, and she is very
nice to those young sisters of hers, who are much more taken out
now-a-days than she is, and carry everything before them--especially
since she went off so much, poor dear.”

“Has she gone off?” Edgar asked, more and more interested, he could
scarcely tell why.

“Oh, dreadfully; lost her pretty colour, and her hair used to come out
in handfuls; she has been obliged to have it cut off to save it. She is
not like what she was, poor thing; but I hope,” added Sister Susan
devoutly, “that thinking so much more seriously than she used to do,
the change will be of great benefit to her soul.”

“Poor Miss--! You have not told me her name,” said Edgar.

“Haven’t I?” said Sister Susan. “Dear, dear, there is the bell for
chapel, and I can’t stay with you any longer. There are a few benches
near the door where strangers are allowed to go, if you wish to stay for
evensong.”

Edgar stayed, chiefly, I fear, out of mere listlessness, and took his
place in the corner by the door allotted to Philistines of the male
gender, with much submission and docility. The little chapel was very
richly decorated, the light intercepted by small painted windows, the
walls one mass of mural ornament. He compared it in his imagination,
with a smile, to the bare little convent chapels he had seen and heard
of in countries where the institution appeared more natural. Here there
was a profusion of ecclesiastical luxury, an absolute parade of
decoration. It struck him with a double sense of incongruity, but there
was no one to whom he could express this evil sentiment: Sister Susan
did not appear again as he had hoped, and he wended his way back to town
with some additional information, which he had not possessed when he
left. Why should he be so curious about Miss ----, the nameless one? He
had thought her another Sister, and entertained no profuse curiosity in
respect to her at first; but now it seemed to him that only a little
more light might make her visible to him. There was no reason why he
should find her out, or why he should wish to do so; but great is the
perversity of human nature--perhaps this was the special reason why the
thought occupied him so much.

It was very strange to so friendly a soul to have no friends whom he
could go to, whom he could talk to, no friendly house where the door
would open to him, and faces smile at his sight. It is true that for
three years he had been severed, to a great degree, from domestic
pleasures, which do not thrive at foreign centres of cosmopolitan
resort--but yet he had never been without a large circle of
acquaintances, and had occasionally seen the old friends of his boyhood
here and there; but in London, in October and November, whom could he
expect to see? The stray man who dropped in now and then at the club,
was on the wing between two country houses, or was going to join a party
somewhere, or home to his people. Some men, of course, must live in
London, but these men, I presume, did not go much to their club, or else
they were so little among the number of Edgar’s friends that they did
not count. Now and then one would join him at dinner, or in one of the
long walks he took, and he made a friend or two at the Museum, among the
books and prints. But he was like an Australian emigrant, or other exile
in savage places. These were all men, and he never saw the face of a
woman except in the streets or shops, unless it was his landlady, who
did not interest him.

How strangely different from the old days, in which so many fair women
would smile and listen to the young man who was at once so rich and so
original, a great landed proprietor, with the opinions of a
revolutionary. It was not his downfall, however, which had made all the
difference, which was a comfort to him; for, indeed, the families whom
he had once visited were out of London. Sometimes it occurred to him
that if the Thornleighs had been in town, he would have gone to them and
asked leave to be admitted just once or twice, for pure charity, and he
had walked several times past their house in Berkeley Square, and gazed
at its closed shutters with half a notion of calling on the housekeeper,
at least, and asking to see the place in which he had spent so many
pleasant hours. He used to live all over again his first visit to
London, with an amused pleasure in recalling all his own puzzles and
difficulties. He seemed to himself to have been a boy then, almost a
child, playing with fate and his life, and understanding nothing of all
that was around him. To have ten thousand a year one time, and no income
at all the next, but only a hundred pounds in the bank “to fall back
upon,” and the vague promise of a post as Queen’s Messenger at
Christmas--what a change it was! Though to be sure, even now, Edgar said
to himself, there were more people in London worse off than he, than
there were people who were better off. A hundred pounds in the bank is,
in reality, a fortune--as long as you can keep it there; and a man who
has the post of Queen’s Messenger is independent, which is as much as
any prince can be.

All these philosophisings were wonderfully true, but they did not take
away the uncomfortable, desolate, profitless sensation of living alone
in London without friends, doing nothing except live, which, when you
live for the mere sake of living, and because you can’t help it, is,
perhaps, the dreariest occupation on earth. And in November--when London
is at its worst, and the year at its worst, when the gloomy daylight is
short, and the weary nights are long, and when everything that bears the
guise of amusement palls upon the man who has nothing to do but amuse
himself.

Sometimes Edgar, in momentary desperation, thought of rushing off to his
former haunts abroad, sometimes of turning back to Loch Arroch, helping
in whatever might be doing, getting some share in human life, and some
place among his fellows; but then the remembrance would strike him that,
now-a-days, he could not do what he pleased, that he had no money but
that hundred pounds in the bank, and no way of getting any now till the
appointment came.

By-and-by, however, his opinion began to change about the hundred pounds
in the bank. It changed by slow degrees after he had changed his second
ten-pound note, and saw those last precious sovereigns slipping out of
his grasp, which they did with a strange noiseless celerity
inconceivable to him. How did they go? When he counted up all he had
spent, every sixpence seemed so modest, so natural! and yet they were
gone, he knew not how; vanished even, he thought, while he was looking
at them. Then the thought arose in his mind, why keep a hundred pounds
in the bank? It was a waste of capital, money which brought in no
return; and for that matter, if it was merely to secure something to
“fall back upon,” fifty pounds were just as good as a hundred. The
income of a Queen’s Messenger was good, he said to himself (he had not,
in reality, the least idea what it was!), and when he got his
appointment it would be very easy to put back the other fifty pounds if
he found it expedient. But the more he thought of it the less he saw any
need for keeping so much money lying useless. He never could get any
income from so small a sum, and the fifty pounds was quite enough for
any sudden emergency. Or supposing, he said, seventy-five? Seventy-five
pounds was magnificent as a fund to fall back upon; and it was with a
feeling that twenty-five pounds had been somehow added, not taken from
his capital, that he went to the bank one day in December and drew out
the quarter, not the half, of his little stock of money. With
twenty-five pounds in his pocket and seventy-five in the bank, he felt
much richer than with the poor little undivided hundred. And somehow
every day as he grew poorer, he became more convinced that it would be
the most short-sighted economy to remove from his Piccadilly lodgings,
or to relinquish his dinners at the club. Why, they were cheap,
absolutely cheap, both the one and the other, in comparison with the
nasty meals and wretched lodgings for which, no doubt, he might pay a
little less money. He even became slightly extravagant and disposed to
buy little knick-knacks, and to consume little delicacies as his means
grew smaller and smaller.

I cannot tell what produced this curious state of feeling in Edgar’s
mind. There is a kind of giddiness and desperation of poverty which
seizes a man when he is in the act of spending his last parcel of coin.
It must all go so soon that it seems worse than useless to _ménager_ the
little remnant, and a kind of _vertige_, a rage to get it all over,
comes upon the mind. Perhaps it is the same feeling which makes men in a
sinking ship leap wildly into the water to meet their fate instead of
waiting for it; and as time went on the impulse grew stronger and
stronger. The seventy-five pounds of capital seemed magnificent in
December; but after Christmas it seemed to Edgar that even his fifty
pounds was too much to be lying useless; and he had a little bottle of
champagne with his dinner, and resolved that, as soon as the bank was
open, he would draw, say ten pounds. After all, what was the use of
being so particular about “something to fall back upon?” Probably he
would never want it. If he fell ill, being a Queen’s Messenger, it was
much more likely that he should fall ill in Berlin or Vienna, or Rome or
Naples, than at home--and then it would be some one’s duty to mind him
and take care of him. And if it should be his fate to die, there would
be an end of the matter. Why should he save even forty pounds?--he had
no heir.

Poor Edgar! it was a kind of intoxication that had seized him, an
intoxication caused by idleness, loneliness, and the separation of his
life from that of every one else around him. Somehow, though Christmas
came and passed and he heard nothing, he could not pluck up courage to
go to Downing Street again. Of course the appointment would come some
day, most likely to-morrow. He was not going to worry Newmarch to death
by going to him every day. He could wait till to-morrow. And so things
went on till it ran very hard with the solitary young man. It occurred
to him one day that his clothes were getting shabby. To be sure he had
unlimited credit with his tailor, having just paid a large bill without
inquiry or question; but the fact of feeling yourself shabby when you
have very little money is painful and startling, and gives the
imagination a shock. After this his mind lost the strange ease which it
had possessed up to this moment, and he grew troubled and restless. “I
must go to Newmarch again,” he acknowledged at last to himself, and all
at once wondered with a sudden pang whether his Messengership was as
certain as he had hoped. “I must go to Newmarch to-morrow,” he said over
and over again as, somewhat dazed and giddy with this sudden thought, he
went along the pavement thoughtfully towards the club, which had become
a second home to him. It was the end of January by this time, and a few
more people were beginning to appear again in these regions. He went in
to his dinner, saying the words to himself mechanically and half aloud.



CHAPTER XII.

Disappointment.


It is very curious how often the unintentional movements of other men
concur in making a crisis in an individual life. When Edgar went to his
club that evening he knew no reason why anything unusual should happen
to him. His mind had been roused by sudden anxiety, that anxiety which,
seizing a man all at once upon one particular point, throws a veil over
everything by so doing, and showed yellowness or blackness into the
common light; but he had no reason to suspect that any new light would
come to him, or any new interest into his life, when he went dully and
with a headache to his habitual seat at his habitual table and ate his
dinner, which was not of a very elaborate character. There were more men
than usual in the club that evening, and when Edgar had finished his
dinner he went into the library, not feeling disposed for the long walk
through the lighted streets with which he so often ended his evening. He
took a book, but he was not in the mood to read. Several men nodded to
him as they came and went; one, newly arrived, who had not seen him
since his downfall, came up eagerly and talked for ten minutes before he
went out. The man was nobody in particular, yet his friendliness was
consolatory, and restored to Edgar some confidence in his own identity,
which had seemed to be dropping from him. He put up his book before him
when he was left again alone, and behind this shield looked at his
companions, of whom he knew nothing or next to nothing.

One of the people whom he thus unconsciously watched was a man whom he
had already noted on several evenings lately, and as to whose condition
he was in some perplexity. The first evening Edgar had half stumbled
over him with the idea that he was one of the servants, and in the
glance of identification with which he begged pardon, decided that,
though not one of the servants, he must be a shopkeeper, perhaps well
off and retired, whom somebody had introduced, or who had been admitted
by one of those chances which permit the rich to enter everywhere. Next
evening when he saw the same man again, he rubbed out as it were with
his finger the word shopkeeper, which he had, so to speak, written
across him, and wrote “city-man” instead. A city-man may be anything; he
may be what penny-a-liners call a merchant prince, without losing the
characteristic features of his class. This man was about forty-five, he
had a long face, with good but commonplace features, hair getting scanty
on the top, and brown whiskers growing long into two points, after the
fashion of the day. The first time he was in evening dress, having come
in after dinner, which was the reason why Edgar took him for one of the
attendants. The next time he was in less elaborate costume, and looked
better; for evening dress is trying to a man who has not the _air noble_
which christianizes those hideous garments. The third night again,
Edgar, in imagination, drew a pen through the word “city-man,” and
wondered whether the stranger could be a successful artist, a great
portrait-painter, something of that description, a prosperous man to
whom art had become the most facile and most lucrative of trades. On
this particular night he again changed his opinion, crossed the word
artist and put man about town, indefinitest of designations, yet
infinitely separated from all the others. Thus blurred and overwritten
by so many attempts at definition, the new-comer attracted his
attention, he could scarcely tell why. There was nothing remarkable
about the man; he had grey eyes, a nose without much character, loose
lips disposed to talk, an amiable sort of commonness, eagerness,
universal curiosity in his aspect. He knew most people in the room, and
went and talked to them, to each a little; he looked at all the papers
without choice of politics; he took down a great many books, looked at
them and put them back again. Edgar grew a little interested in him on
this special evening. He had a long conversation with one of the
servants, and talked to him sympathetically, almost anxiously, ending by
giving him an address, which the man received with great appearance of
gratitude. Might he be a physician perhaps? But his bearing and his
looks were alike against this hypothesis. “Benevolent,” Edgar said to
himself.

His attention, however, was quite drawn away from this stranger by the
sudden entrance of Lord Newmarch, who like himself was a member of the
club, and who came in hurriedly, accompanied by some one less dignified
but more eager than himself, with whom he was discussing some subject
which required frequent reference to books. Edgar felt his heart stir as
he perceived the great man enter. Was it possible that his fate
depended, absolutely depended, upon the pleasure of this man--that two
words from him might make his fortune secure, or plunge him into a
deeper and sickening uncertainty which could mean only ruin? Good
heaven, was it possible? A kind of inertness, moral cowardice, he did
not know what to call it--perhaps the shrinking a doomed man feels from
actual hearing of his fate--had kept him from going to the office to put
the arbiter of his destinies in mind of his promise. Now he could not
let this opportunity slip; he must go to him, he must ask him what was
to be the result. Up to this morning he had felt himself sure of his
post, now he felt just as sure of rejection. Both impressions no doubt
were equally unreasonable; but who can defend himself against such
impressions? Gradually Edgar grew breathless as he watched that
discussion which looked as if it would never end. What could it be
about? Some vague philanthropico-political question, some bit of
doctrinarianism of importance to nobody--while his was a matter of death
and life. To be sure this was his own fault, for he might, as you will
perceive, dear reader, have gone to Lord Newmarch any day, and found
him at his office, where probably, amid all the sublime business there,
Edgar’s affairs had gone entirely out of his head. But if you think the
suggestion that it was his own fault made the suspense now a
straw-weight more easy to him, this is a point on which I do not agree
with you. The consequences of our own faults are in all circumstances
the most difficult to bear.

Oddly enough, the stranger whom Edgar had been watching, seemed anxious
to speak to Lord Newmarch too. Edgar’s eyes met his in their mutual
watch upon the Minister, who went on disputing with his companion,
referring to book after book. It was some military question of which I
suppose Lord Newmarch knew as much as his grandmother did, and the other
was a hapless soldier endeavouring in vain to convey a lucid description
and understanding of some important technical matter to the head of the
Secretary of State. In vain; Lord Newmarch did not try to understand--he
explained; to many people this method of treating information is so much
the most natural. And the stranger watched him on one side, and Edgar on
the other. Their eyes met more than once, and after a while the humour
of the situation struck Edgar, even in his trouble, and he smiled; upon
which a great revolution made itself apparent in the other’s
countenance. He smiled too; not with the sense of humour which moved
Edgar, but with a gleam of kindness in his face, which threw a certain
beauty over it. Edgar was struck with a strange surprise: he was taken
aback at the same time, he felt as if somehow he must have appealed to
the kindness, the almost pity in the other’s face. What had he done to
call forth such an expression? His newborn pride jumped up in arms; and
yet there was no possibility of offence meant, and nothing to warrant
offence being taken. Edgar, however, averted his eyes hastily, and
watched Lord Newmarch no more. And then he took himself to task, and
asked himself, Was it an offence to look at him kindly? Was he offended
by a friendly glance? Good heavens! what was he coming to, if it was so.

Presently Edgar’s heart beat still higher, for Lord Newmarch’s companion
rose to go, and he, having caught sight of the stranger, remained, and
went up to him holding out his hand. Edgar could but wait on, and bide
his time; his book was still before him, at which he had never looked. A
sickening sense of humiliation crept over him. He felt all the misery of
dependence; here was he, so lately this man’s equal, waiting, sickening
for a word from him, for a look, wondering what he would say,
questioning with himself, while his heart beat higher and higher, and
the breath came quickly on his lips. Good heavens, wondering what
Newmarch would say! a man whom he had so laughed at, made fun of, but
who was now to be the very arbiter of his fate, whose word would make
all the difference between a secure and useful and worthy future, and
that impoverishment of hope, and means, and capability altogether, which
some call ruin--and justly call.

While Edgar sat thus waiting, excitement gradually gaming upon him, he
saw with some surprise that the man to whom he had given so many
different descriptions, was drawing back and pushing Lord Newmarch
towards him; and seeing this, he got up, with a half-shrinking from his
fate, half-eagerness to hear it.

“All right,” said the unknown, “your turn first. The great man must give
us all audience in turn;” and with a little nod he went to the other end
of the room and took up a newspaper, of which he probably made as little
use as Edgar had been doing of his book.

“Droll fellow!” said Newmarch, “how d’ye do, eh, Earnshaw? I have been
in town this month past, but you have never looked me up.”

“I feared to bore you,” said Edgar, hastily.

“It is my business never to be bored,” said Lord Newmarch, with a
certain solemnity, which was natural to him. “Where have you been--in
the country? what here all this time! I wish I had known; I seldom come
here, except for the library, which is wonderfully good, as perhaps you
know. That was Cheeseman that was arguing with me--Cheeseman, you know,
one of those practical people--and insists upon his own way.”

“I wonder,” said Edgar, uneasily, “whether you have ever thought again
of a small matter I went to you about?”

“What, the messengership?” said Lord Newmarch, “what do you take me
for--eh, Earnshaw? Of course I have thought of it; there is never a
week that I do not hope something may happen to old Runtherout; I don’t
mean anything fatal of course; but there he sticks from month to month,
and probably so he will from year to year.”

Edgar felt his countenance falling, falling. He felt, or thought he
felt, his jaw drop. He felt his heart go down, down, like a stone. He
put a miserable smile upon his miserable face. “Then I suppose there is
no chance for me,” he said.

“Oh yes, my dear fellow, certainly there is a chance--as much chance as
there ever was,” said Lord Newmarch, cheerfully, “these things, of
course, cannot be altered all at once, but as soon as old Runtherout
gives up, which cannot be long--I do not mind for my part what anyone
says, I shall put you in. If you only knew what it would have been to me
to have you in Berlin now! You speak German quite fluently, don’t you?
Good heavens, what a loss to me!”

And, good heavens what a loss to me! Edgar felt disposed to say. As much
chance as there ever was! then what had the chance been at first, for
which he had wasted so much time and all his little stock of money. God
help him! he had to receive the news with a smile, the best he could
muster, and to listen to Lord Newmarch’s assurance that a few months
could make very little difference. “Oh, very little difference!” echoed
poor Edgar, with that curious fictitious brassy (why he thought it was
brassy I cannot tell, but that was the adjective he used to himself)
brassy imitation of a smile; and Lord Newmarch went on talking somehow
up in the air beside him, about a number of things, to which he said
yes and no mechanically with some certain kind of appropriateness, I
suppose, for nobody seemed to find out the semi-consciousness in which
he was--until the great man suddenly recollected that he must speak a
few words to Tottenham, and fell back upon the man with worn grey eyes
and loose lips, who sprang up from behind his newspaper like a jack in a
box. Edgar, for his part, dropped down in his chair something like the
same toy when shut up in its hiding-place. There was a buzzing in his
ears again as there had been when he had his first interview with the
Minister--but this time the giddiness was more overpowering; a hundred
thoughts passed through his mind in a moment, each crowding upon each, a
noiseless, breathless crowd. What was he to do? Everything seemed to be
shown to him in the space of a moment, as fable says, a whole lifetime
is shown in a moment to those who die suddenly. Good God! a few months!
what was he to do?

Some people can face the prospect of living for a few months on nothing
quite pleasantly, and some people do it habitually (without being at all
bad people), and get through somehow, and come to no tragical end. But
Edgar was young and unaccustomed to poverty. He was even unaccustomed to
live from hand to mouth, as so many of us do, light-hearted wretches,
without taking thought for the morrow. It was some time, it was true,
before he was roused to think of the morrow at all, but, when he did, it
seized upon him like a vulture. He sank back into his chair, and sat
there like a log, with vacant eyes, but mind preternaturally busy and
occupied. What was he to do?

He was roused from this outward stupor, but inner ferment, by seeing
Newmarch again come up accompanied by the stranger, whose very existence
he had forgotten. “Mr. Tottenham, Mr. Edgar Earnshaw,” said the
Under-Secretary, “one of my best friends. Come and see me, won’t you, in
Eaton Place. I must go now; and come to the office soon, and let us talk
your affair over. The moment old Runtherout will consent to take himself
out of the way--As for you, Tottenham, I envy you. All your schemes in
your own hands, no chief to thwart you, no office to keep on
recommending this man and that, when they know you have a man of your
own. You may thank heaven that you have only your own theories to serve,
and not Her Majesty. Good night, good night.”

“Good night,” said Edgar, absently.

Mr. Tottenham said nothing, but he gave Lord Newmarch a finger to shake,
and turned to his new companion, who sat with his head down, and paid
little attention to his presence. He fixed his eyes very closely on
Edgar, which is a thing that can scarcely be done without attracting
finally the notice of the person looked at. When he had caught Edgar’s
wondering but dazed and dreamy look, he smiled--the same smile by which
Edgar had already been half pleased, half angered.

“Mr. Earnshaw,” he said, “you have a story, and I know it. I hope I
should have tried to behave as well myself; but I don’t know. And I
have a story too. Will you come into the smoking-room if you have
nothing better to do, and I’ll tell it you? I call it the history of a
very hard case. Newmarch left you to me as his substitute, for he knew I
wanted to talk. I like the exchange. He’s a profound blockhead, though
he’s Secretary of State. Come and smoke a cigar.”

Edgar rose mechanically, he scarcely knew why; he was pale; he felt his
legs almost give way under him as he moved across the passage to the
smoking-room. He did not want to smoke, nor to know Mr. Tottenham’s
story; but he had not strength of mind to resist what was asked of him.

“A few months,” he kept saying to himself. It seemed to him that a
sudden indifference to everything else, to all things greater and more
distant, had come into his mind. For the first time in his life he was
self-engrossed, self-absorbed, able to think of nothing but his own
necessities, and what he was to do. So strange was this to Edgar, so
miserable did he feel it, that even on the short journey from one room
to another he made an effort to shake off the sudden chains with which
this sudden necessity had bound him, and was appalled by his own
weakness, almost by a sense of guilt, when he found that he could take
no interest whatever in Mr. Tottenham, that he could think of nothing
but himself. For the first time, there was nobody but himself involved;
no justice to be done, no kindness to be shown to others. Wherever other
people are concerned, a certain breadth, a certain freedom and
largeness, come into the question, even though the other people may be
poor and small enough; but how mean the generous man feels, how petty
and miserable, when he, and he only, becomes by any twist of fortune the
centre of all his thoughts!



CHAPTER XIII.

A new Friend.


“I hope I should have done exactly as you did in that Arden business,”
said Mr. Tottenham; “but I can’t tell. The amount of meanness and
falseness to all one’s own rules which one feels in one’s self in a
great emergency is wonderful. I never put any dependence on myself. Now
I will tell who, or rather what I am. The pronoun Who is inappropriate
in my case. I am nobody; but when you know what I am--if, indeed, my
name does not tell you--”

“No,” said Edgar, forcing himself into attention.

“It is not a bad name; there are fine people, I believe, who bear it,
and who hold up their heads with the best. But if you belonged to a
middle-class London family, and had a mother and sisters, you would have
no difficulty in identifying me. I am not a Tottenham with a Christian
name like other people. I am Tottenham’s, in the possessive case.”

“I begin to understand,” said Edgar.

What an effort it was to him! But he grew more capable of making the
effort as he tried to make it, and actually looked up now with a gleam
of intelligence in his eye.

“You begin to realize me,” said his companion. “I am Tottenham’s. I have
been Tottenham’s all my life. My father died when I was only a small
boy. I hope, though I don’t know, that he might have had sense enough to
habituate me to my fate from the beginning, which would have made it
much easier. But my mother, unfortunately, was a lady, or thought
herself so. She brought me up as if there was not such a thing as a shop
in the world. She buys everything at Howell and James’s of set purpose
and malice prepense, when she could get all she wants at cost price in
our own place; to be sure she can afford it, thanks to the shop. I never
knew anything about this said shop till I was at Eton, when I denied the
connection stoutly, and fought for it, and came off triumphant, though
the other fellow was the biggest. When I went home for the holidays, I
told the story. ‘You were quite right not to give in to it, my dear,’
said my mother. ‘But is it true?’ said I. Poor dear, how she
prevaricated! She would not have told a lie for the world, but a tiny
little bit of a fib did not seem so bad. Accordingly I found it out, and
had to go back to Eton, and beg the fellow’s pardon, and tell him it
wasn’t a lie he told, but the truth, only I had not known it. I don’t
think any of them thought the worse of me for that.”

“I should think not,” cried Edgar, beginning to rouse up.

“No, I don’t suppose they did; but from that day I became thin-skinned,
as people call it, and scented the shop afar off in everything people
said. My mother’s contempt for it, and shame of it, got deep into my
mind. I grew sensitive. I did not like to give my name when I went
anywhere. I felt sure some one would say, ‘Oh, Tottenham’s!’ when my
card was taken in. I can’t tell you the misery this gave me all through
school and college. I hated the shop, and was afraid of it. I was
morbidly ashamed of my name. I went and wandered about in vacation,
wearing other men’s names as I might have borrowed their coats. Not
without their consent, mind you,” he added, sharply. “I did nothing
dishonourable; but I had a horror of being Tottenham, a horror which I
cannot describe.”

“That was strange!”

“You think so? Well, so do I _now_; and it was very unfortunate for me.
It got me into many scrapes; it almost cost me my wife. You don’t know
my wife? I must take you out to see her. I was introduced to her under
somebody else’s name--not a very distinguished name, it is true, Smith,
or Brown, or something, and under that name she accepted me; but when I
told her how things really were, her countenance flamed like that of the
angel, do you remember? in Milton, when Adam says something caddish--I
forget what exactly. How she did look at me! ‘Ashamed of your name!’ she
said, ‘and yet ask _me_ to share it!’ There is pride and pride,” said
Mr. Tottenham to himself with musing admiration. “The poor dear mother
thought she was proud; Mary _is_ so; that makes all the difference. I
got into such trouble as I never was in all my life. She sent me right
away; she would have nothing to say to me; she cast me off as you might
cast away that cinder with that pair of tongs. For a time I was the most
miserable fellow on the face of the earth. I wandered about the place
where she lived night and day; but even then, if you will believe me, it
cost me a very hard struggle indeed to get to the shop. When I was
desperate, I did.”

“Why is he telling _me_ all this, I wonder?” said Edgar to himself; but
he was interested, he could not tell how, and had raised his head, and
for the moment shaken off something of the burden from his own back.

“I made up my mind to it, and went at last,” said this odd man, puffing
at his cigar with a vehemence that made it evident he felt it still. “I
found that nobody wanted me there; that everybody preferred not to be
interfered with; that the managers had fallen each into his own way, and
had no desire for me to meddle. But I am not the sort of man that can
stand and look on with his hands in his pockets. You will wonder, and
perhaps you will despise me, when I tell you that I found Tottenham’s on
the whole a very interesting place.”

“I neither wonder nor despise,” said Edgar. “What did you do?”

“What didn’t I do?” said Mr. Tottenham, with rueful humour. “I did all
the mischief possible. I turned the whole place upside down. I
diminished the profits for that year by a third part. I changed the
well-known good order of Tottenham’s into confusion worse confounded.
The old managers resigned in a body. By-the-way, they stayed on all but
one afterwards, when I asked them. As for the assistants, there was
civil war in the place, and more than one free fight between the
different sides; for some sided with me, perhaps because they approved
of me, perhaps because I was the master, and could do what I liked; but
the end was that I stayed there three months, worked there, and then
wrote to Mary; and she took me back.”

“I am very glad to hear it,” said Edgar; and he smiled and sighed with
natural sympathy.

He had become quite interested in the story by this time, and totally
forgotten all about his own miseries. He came out of his cloud finally
just at this point, and took, at last, the cigar which his new friend
had from time to time offered him.

“Ah! come now, this is comfortable,” said Tottenham. “Up to that moment
mine had been a very hard case, don’t you think so? I don’t pretend to
have anything more to grumble about. But, having had a hard case myself,
I sympathize with other people. Yours was a horribly hard case. Tell me
now, that other fellow, that Arden scamp! I know him--as proud as
Lucifer, and as wicked as all the rest of the evil spirits put
together--do you mean to say he allowed you to go away, and give him up
all that fine property, and save him thousands of pounds in a lawsuit,
without making some provision for you? Such a thing was never heard of.”

“No,” said Edgar; “don’t be unjust to him. It was a bitter pill for me
to take a penny from him; but I did, because they made me.”

“And you’ve spent it all!”

Edgar laughed; he could not help it. His elastic nature had mounted up
again; he began to feel sure that he could not be ruined so completely
after all; he must be able to do something. He looked up at his
questioner with eyes full of humour. Mr. Tottenham, who was standing in
front as grave as a judge, looked at him, and did not laugh.

“I don’t see the fun,” he said. “You shouldn’t have done it. You have
let yourself drop half out of recollection before you asked for
anything, whereas you should have got provided for at once. Hang it all!
I suppose there are some places yet where a man in office may place a
friend--and some opportunities left to put a good man in by means of a
job, instead of putting in a bad man by competition, or seniority, or
some other humbug. You should have done that at first.”

“Possibly,” said Edgar, who had been amused, not by the idea of having
spent all his money, but by that of making a clean breast to this man,
whom he had never spoken to before, of the most private particulars of
his life.

Mr. Tottenham made a few turns about the room, where there was for the
moment nobody but themselves. He said then suddenly,

“I take an interest in you. I should like to help you if I could.
Tottenham’s is no end of a good property, and I can do what I like----”

“I am sure I am very much obliged,” said Edgar, laughing. “I should
thank you still more warmly if it were not so funny. Why should you take
an interest in me?”

“It is odd, perhaps,” said the other; but he did not laugh. A smile ran
over his face, that was all, and passed again like a momentary light.
Then he added, “It is not so odd as you think. If I could conceal from
you who my wife was, I might be tempted to do so; but I can’t, for
though I’m only Tottenham’s, she’s in the peerage. My Mary is sister to
Augusta Thornleigh, who--well, who _knew_ you, my dear fellow. Look
here! She’s fashionable and all that; she would not let you see her
daughters, at present, if she could help it; but she’s a good woman,
mind. I have heard her tell your story. If ever there was a hard case,
that was one; and when I heard of it, I resolved, if I ever had the
chance, to stand by you. You behaved like a gentleman. Since we have
been made acquainted, Earnshaw, we have not shaken hands yet!”

They did it now very heartily; and in those restless grey eyes, which
were worn by sheer use and perpetual motion, there glimmered some
moisture. Edgar’s eyes were dry, but his whole heart was melted. There
was a pause for a minute or more, and the ashes fell softly on the
hearth, and the clock ticked on the mantel-piece. Then Edgar asked, “How
are they all?” with that sound in his utterance which the French in
their delicate discrimination call tears in the voice.

“Quite well, quite well!” said Tottenham hurriedly; and then he added,
“We didn’t come here to speak of them. Earnshaw, I want you to come to
my house.”

“It is very kind of you,” said Edgar. “I think I have seen Lady Mary.
She is very sweet and lively, like--some one else; with fair hair----”

“Isn’t she?” cried Lady Mary’s admiring husband; and his eyes glowed
again. “I want you to come and stay with us while this business with
Newmarch gets settled.”

“Why?” said Edgar, with genuine surprise; and then he added, “You are a
great deal too good. I should like to go for a day or two. I haven’t
spoken to a lady for months.”

“Poor fellow!” said Mr. Tottenham, taking no notice of the “Why?” “We
live only a little way out of town, on account of the shop. I have never
neglected the shop since the time I told you about. She would not let me
for that matter. Nobody, you see, can snub _her_, in consequence of her
rank; and partly for her sake, partly because I’m rich, I suppose,
nobody tries to snub me. There are many of my plans in which you could
help me very much--for a time, you know, till Newmarch comes off.”

“You are very kind,” said Edgar; but his attention wandered after this,
and other thoughts came into his mind, thoughts of himself and his
forlorn condition, and of the profound uncertainty into which he and all
his ways had been plunged. He scarcely paid any attention to the
arrangements Mr. Tottenham immediately made, though he remembered that
he promised to go out with him next day to Tottenham’s, as his house was
called. “The same as the shop,” he said, with a twinkle in the corner of
his grey eye. Edgar consented to these arrangements passively; but his
patience was worn out, and he was very anxious to get away.

And so this strange evening came to an end, and the morning after it.
The new day arose, a smoky, foggy, wintry morning, through which so many
people went to work; but not Edgar. He looked out upon the world from
his window with a failing heart. Even from Kensington and Brompton,
though these are not mercantile suburbs, crowds of men were jolting
along on all the omnibuses, crowds pouring down on either side of the
street--to work. The shop people went along the road getting and
delivering orders; the maid-servants bustled about the doors in the
foggy, uncertain light; the omnibuses rushed on, on, in a continuous
stream; and everybody was busy. Those who had no work to do, pretended
at least to be busy too; the idlers had not come out yet, had not
stirred, and the active portion of the world were having everything
their own way. Edgar had revived from his depression, but he had not
regained his _insouciance_ and trust in the future. On the contrary, he
was full of the heaviest uncertainty and care. He could not wait longer
for this appointment, which might keep him hanging on half his life,
which was just as near now as when he began to calculate on having it
“about Christmas;” probably the next Christmas would see it just as
uncertain still. He must, he felt, attempt something else, and change
his tactics altogether. He must leave his expensive lodgings at once;
but alas! he had a big bill for them, which he had meant to pay off his
first quarter’s salary. He had meant to pay it the moment that blessed
money for which he should have worked came; and now there was no
appearance, no hope of it ever coming--at least, only as much hope as
there had always been, no more.

Poor Edgar! he might have rushed out of doors and taken to the first
manual work he could find as his heart bade him; but to go and solicit
somebody once more, and hang on and wait, dependent upon the
recollection or the caprice of some one or other who could give
employment, but might, out of mere wantonness, withhold it--this was
harder than any kind of work. He could dig, he felt, and would dig
willingly, or do any other thing that was hard and simple and
straightforward; but to beg for means of working he was ashamed; and
there seemed something so miserable, so full of the spirit of dependence
in having to wait on day by day doing nothing, waiting till something
might fall into his hands. How infinitely better off working men were,
he said to himself; not thinking that even the blessed working man, who
is free from the restraints and punctilios which bind gentlemen, has yet
to stand and wait, and ask for work too, with the best.

He went back to Mr. Parchemin that morning.

“I have been waiting for Lord Newmarch,” he said; “he promised me a post
about Christmas, and now he tells me there is just as much hope as
ever, but no more. I must do something else. Could you not take me in as
clerk in your own office? I should not mind a small salary to start
with; anything would do.”

Mr. Parchemin laughed, a dry and echoing “Ha, ha!” which was as dusty
and dry as his office.

“A strange clerk you would make,” he said, looking over his shoulder to
conceal his amusement. “Can you engross?”

“Of course not. How should I? But if a man were to try--”

“Do you know anything about the law? Of what possible use could you be
to us? No; you are a fancy article, entirely a fancy article.
Government,” said the old lawyer, “Government is the thing for you.”

“Government does not seem to see it in that light,” said Edgar. “I have
waited since October.”

“My dear Sir! October is but three months off. You can’t expect, like a
child, to have your wants supplied the moment you ask for anything. A
slice of cake may be given in that way, but not an appointment. You must
have patience, Mr. Earnshaw, you must have patience,” said the old man.

“But I have spent the half of my hundred pounds,” Edgar was about to
say; but something withheld him; he could not do it. Should he not
furnish the old lawyer by so doing with an unquestionable argument
against himself? Should he not expose his own foolishness, the
foolishness of the man who thought himself able to give up everything
for others, and then could do nothing but run into debt and ruin on his
own account? Edgar could not do it; he resolved rather to struggle on
upon nothing, rather to starve, though that was a figure of speech, than
to put himself so much in anyone’s power; which was pride, no doubt, but
a useful kind of pride, which sometimes keeps an erring man out of
further trouble. He went back at once, and paid his landlord a portion
of what he owed him, and removed his goods to a small upstairs room
which he found he could have cheap, and might have had all the time had
he been wise enough to ask. It was the room in which his own servant had
slept when he travelled with such an appendage; but the new-born pride
which had struggled into existence in Edgar’s mind had no such ignoble
part in it as to afflict him on this account. He was quite happy to go
up to his man’s room, where everything was clean and homely, and felt no
derogation of his personal dignity. Thank Heaven, this was one thing
done at least--a step taken, though nothing could be gained by it, only
something spared.

In the afternoon Mr. Tottenham met him at his club, driving a pair of
handsome horses in a smart phaeton, such a turnout as only a rich man’s
can be, everything about it perfect. Edgar had not indulged in any
luxurious tastes during his own brief reign; it had been perhaps too
short to develop them; but he recognised the perfect appointments of the
vehicle with a half sigh of satisfaction and reminiscence. He did not
say, why should this man be lucky enough to have all this when I have
nothing? as so many people do. He was not given to such comparisons, to
that ceaseless contrast of self with the rest of the world, which is so
common. He half smiled at himself for half sighing over the day when he
too might have had everything that heart could desire, and smiled more
than half at the whimsical thought that he had not taken the good of his
wealth half so much then as he would have done now, had he the chance.
He seemed to himself--knowing how short Edgar Arden’s tenure was--to be
aware of a hundred things which Edgar might have done to amuse and
delight him, which indeed Edgar Arden, knowing nothing of his own short
tenure, and believing life to be very long and much delight awaiting
him, never dreamt of making any haste to procure. A curious sense of
well-being seemed to take hold of him as he bowled along the suburban
roads by Mr. Tottenham’s side, wrapped in one of the fur coats which the
chill and foggy evening made comfortable, watching the long lines of
lamps that twinkled and stretched out like a golden thread, and then
were left behind as in the twinkling of an eye. To hear of Lady Mary
Tottenham, who was Lady Augusta’s sister, and aunt to all the young
Thornleighs, seemed somehow like being wafted back to the old
atmosphere, to the state of affairs which lasted so short a time and
ended so suddenly; but which was, notwithstanding its brevity, the most
important and influential moment of his life.



CHAPTER XIV.

The Enchanted Palace.


Tottenham’s was about five miles from London on the Bayswater side. It
was a huge house, standing upon a little eminence, and surrounded by
acres of park and clouds of thick but leafless trees, which looked
ghostly enough in the Winter darkness. The fog had faded away from them
long before they got so far, and had been replaced by the starlight
clearness of a very cold evening; the sky was almost black, the points
of light in it dead white, and all the landscape, so far as it was
perceptible, an Indian ink landscape in faintly differing shades of
black and deepest grey. Nevertheless it was a relief to breathe the
fresh country air, after the damp fog which had clung to their throats
and blinded their eyes. The roads were still hard, though there were
signs of the breaking up of the frost, and the horses’ hoofs rang as
they dashed along.

“It’s a nice place,” Mr. Tottenham said, “though I, of course, only
bought it from the old people, who fortunately were not very venerable
nor very desirable. It had a fine name before, and it was Mary’s idea to
call it Tottenham’s. As we cannot ignore the shop, it is as well to take
the full advantage of it. The worst thing is,” he added lowering his
voice, “it hurts the servants’ feelings dreadfully. We have at last
managed to get a butler who sees the humour of it, and acknowledges the
shop with a condescending sense that the fact of _his_ serving a
shopkeeper is the best joke in the world. You will notice a
consciousness of this highly humorous position at once in his face; but
it is a bitter pill to the rest of the household. The housemaids and our
friend behind us, cannot bear any reference to the degradation. You will
respect their feelings, Earnshaw? I am sure you will take care to show a
seemly respect for their feelings.”

Edgar laughed, and Mr. Tottenham went on. He was a very easy man to talk
with; indeed he did most of the conversation himself, and was so
pleasantly full of his home and his wife and his evident happiness, that
no one, or at least no one so sympathetic as Edgar, could have
stigmatized with unkind names the lengthened monologue. There was this
excuse for it on the other hand, that he was thus making himself and his
belongings known to a stranger whom he had determined to make a friend
of. Few people dislike to talk about themselves when they can throw off
all fear of ridicule, and have a tolerable excuse for their fluency. We
all like it, dear reader; we know it sounds egotistical, and the wiser
we are the more we avoid exposing our weakness; but yet when we can feel
it is safe and believe that it is justified, how pleasant it is to tell
some fresh and sympathetic listener all about ourselves! Perhaps this is
one of the reasons why youth is so pleasant a companion to age, because
the revelations on each side can be full and lengthened without
unsuitability or fear of misconstruction. Edgar, too, possessed many of
the qualities which make a good listener. He was in a subdued state of
mind, and had no particular desire to talk in his own person; he had no
history for the moment that would bear telling; he was glad enough to be
carried lightly along upon the stream of this other man’s story, which
amused him, if nothing else. Edgar’s life had come to a pause; he lay
quiescent between two periods, not knowing where the next tide might
lift him, or what might be the following chapter. He was like a
traveller in the night, looking in through a hospitable open window at
some interior all bright with firelight and happiness, getting to
recognise which was which in the household party round the fire, and
listening with a gratitude more warm and effusive than had the service
been a greater one, to the hospitable invitation to enter. As well might
such a traveller have censured the openness which drew no curtains and
closed no shutters, and warmed his breast with the sight of comfort and
friendliness, as Edgar could have called Mr. Tottenham’s talk
egotistical. For had not he too been called in for rest and shelter out
of the night?

He felt as in a dream when he entered the house, and was led through the
great hall and staircase, and into the bright rooms to be presented to
Lady Mary, who came forward to meet her husband’s new friend with the
kindest welcome. She was a little light woman with quantities of fair
hair, lively, and gay, and kind, with nothing of the worn look which
distinguished her husband, but a fresh air, almost of girlhood, in her
slight figure and light movements. She was so like _some one else_, that
Edgar’s heart beat at sight of her, as it had not beat for years before.
Gussy Thornleigh had gone out of his life, for ever, as he thought. He
had given her up completely, hopelessly--and he had not felt at the time
of this renunciation that his love for her had ever reached the length
of passion, or that this was one of the partings which crush all
thoughts of possible happiness out of the heart. But, notwithstanding,
her idea had somehow lingered about him, as ideas passionately cherished
do not always do. When he had been still and musing, the light little
figure, the pretty head with its curls, the half laughing, half wise
look with which this little girl would discourse to him upon everything
in earth and heaven, had got into a way of coming up before him with the
most astonishing reality and vividness. “I was not so very much in love
with Gussy,” he had said to himself very often at such moments, with a
whimsical mixture of surprise and complaint. No, he had not been so very
much in love with her; yet she had haunted him all these three years.
Lady Mary was only her aunt, which is not always an attractive
relationship; generally, indeed, the likeness between a pretty girl and
a middle-aged woman is rather discouraging to a lover, as showing to
what plump and prosaic good condition his ethereal darling may come,
than delightful; but Edgar had no sham sentiment about him, and was not
apt to be assailed by any such unreal disgusts, even had there been
anything to call them forth. Lady Mary, however, was still as
lightfooted and light-hearted as Gussy herself. She had the same
abundant fair hair, the same lively sweet eyes, never without the
possibility of a laugh in them, and never anything but kind. She came up
to Edgar holding out both her hands.

“You are not a stranger to me,” she said, “don’t introduce him, Tom. The
only difficulty I have about you, is how to address you as Mr.
Earnshaw--but that is only for the first moment. Sit down and thaw, both
of you, and I will give you some tea--that is if you want tea. We have
nobody with us for a day or two fortunately, and you will just have time
to get acquainted with us, Mr. Earnshaw, and know all our ways before
any one else comes.”

“But a day or two ought to be the limit--” Edgar began, hesitating.

“What! you have said nothing?” said Lady Mary, hastily turning to her
husband. He put his finger on his lip.

“You are a most impetuous little person, Mary,” he said, “you don’t know
the kind of bird we have got into the net. You think he will let you
openly and without any illusion put salt upon his tail. No greater
mistake could be. Earnshaw,” he added calmly, “come and let me show you
your room. We dine directly, as we are alone and above ceremony. You can
talk to my wife as much as you like after dinner--I shall go to sleep.
What a blessing it is to be allowed to go to sleep after dinner,” he
went on as he led the way upstairs, “especially on Saturday night--when
one is tired and has Sunday to look forward to.”

“Why should it be especially blessed on Saturday night?”

“My dear fellow,” said the host solemnly, ushering his guest into a
large and pleasant room, brilliant with firelight, “it is very clear
that you have never kept a shop.”

And with these words he disappeared, leaving Edgar, it must be allowed,
somewhat disturbed in his mind as to what it could all mean, why he had
been thus selected as a visitor and conducted to this fairy palace; what
it was that the wife wondered her husband had not said--and indeed what
the whole incident meant? As he looked round upon his luxurious
quarters, and felt himself restored as it were to the life he had so
long abandoned, curious dreams and fancies came fluttering about Edgar
without any will of his own. It was like the adventure (often enough
repeated) in the Arabian nights, in which the hero is met by some
mysterious mute and blindfolded, and led into a mysterious hall, all
cool with plashing fountains and sweet with flowers. These images were
not exactly suited to the wintry drive he had just taken, though that
was pleasant enough in its way, and no bed of roses could have been so
agreeable as the delightful glimpse of the fire, and all the warm and
soft comfort about him. But had he been blindfolded--had he been brought
unawares into some beneficent snare? Edgar’s heart began to beat a
little quicker than usual. He did not know and dared not have whispered
to himself what the fancies were that beset him. He tried to frown them
down, to represent to himself that he was mad, that the curious freak of
his new friend, and his own long fasting from all social intercourse had
made this first taste of it too much for his brain. But all that he
could do was not enough to free him from the wild fancies which buzzed
about him like gnats in Summer, each with its own particular hum and
sting. He dressed hurriedly and took a book by way of escaping from
them, a dry book which he compelled himself to read, rather than go
crazy altogether. Good heavens, was he mad already? In that mysterious
palace where the hero is brought blindfold, where he is waited on by
unseen hands, and finds glorious garments and wonderful feasts magically
prepared for him, is there not always in reserve a princess more
wonderful still, who takes possession of the wayfarer? “Retro, Satanas!”
cried poor Edgar, throwing the book from him, feeling his cheeks flush
and burn like a girl’s, and his heart leap into his throat. No greater
madness, no greater folly could be. It was no doing of his, he protested
to himself with indignation and dismay. Some evil spirit had got hold of
him; he refused to think, and yet these dreamy mocking fancies would get
into his head. It was a relief beyond description to him when the dinner
bell rang and he could hurry downstairs. When he went into the
drawing-room, however, all the buzzing brood of thoughts which fluttered
within him, grew still and departed in a moment; his heart ceased to
thump, and an utter quiet and stillness took the place of the former
commotion. Why? Simply because he found Lady Mary and Mr. Tottenham
awaiting him calmly, without a vestige of any other _convive_, except a
boy of twelve and a girl two years younger, who came up to him with a
pretty demure frankness and put out their hands in welcome.

“My boy and my girl,” said Mr. Tottenham; “and Molly, as your mother is
going in with Mr. Earnshaw, you must try to look very grown up for the
nonce, and take my arm and walk with me.”

“And poor Phil must come alone!” said the little girl with mingled
regret and triumph. No, it was very clear to Edgar that he himself was
not only a fool of the first water, but a presumptuous ass, a coxcomb
fool, everything that was worst and vainest. And yet it had not been his
doing; it was not he who had originated these foolish thoughts, which
had assailed, and swarmed, and buzzed about him like a crowd of gnats or
wasps--wasps was the better word; for there was spitefulness in the way
they had persisted and held their own; but now, thank heaven, they were
done with! He came to himself with a little shudder, and gave Lady Mary
his arm, and walked through the ordinary passage of an ordinary house,
into a room which was a handsome dining-room, but not a mystic hall; and
then they all sat down at table, the two children opposite to him, in
the most prosaic and ordinary way.

“You think it wrong to have the children, Mr. Earnshaw?” said Lady Mary,
“and so do I--though I like it. It is only when we are alone, and it is
all their father’s doing. I tell him it will spoil their digestion and
their manners--”

“If it spoils Molly’s manners to associate with her mother the more’s
the pity,” said Mr. Tottenham, “we shall try the experiment anyhow. What
we call the lower classes don’t treat their children as we do; they
accept the responsibility and go in for the disagreeables; therefore,
though we hate having those brats here, we go in for them on principle.
Earnshaw, have you considered the matter of education? Have you any
ideas on the subject? Not like your friend Lord Newmarch, who has the
correct ideas on everything, cut and dry, delivered by the last post. I
don’t want that. Have you any notions of your own?”

“About education?” said Edgar, “I don’t think it. I fear I have few
ideas on any abstract subject. The chances are that I will easily agree
with you whatever may be your opinions; heaven has preserved me from
having any of my own.”

“Then you will just suit each other,” said Lady Mary, “which he and
I--forgive me for letting you into our domestic miseries, Mr.
Earnshaw--don’t do at all, on this point; for we have both ideas, and
flourish them about us unmercifully. How happy he will be as long as he
can have you to listen to him! not that I believe you will be half as
good as your word.”

“Ideas are the salt of life,” said Mr. Tottenham; “that of course is
what has made you look so languid for some time past.”

Edgar looked up in surprise. “Have I been looking languid? Have you been
observing me?” he cried. “This is after all a fairy palace where I have
been brought blindfolded, and where every action of my life is known.”

Upon this, Mr. Philip Tottenham, aged twelve, pricked up his ears. “Were
you brought here blindfolded?” he said. “What fun! like the Arabian
Nights. I wish somebody would take me like that into a fairy palace,
where there would be a beautiful lady--”

“Phil, you are talking nonsense,” said his mother.

“Where the dinner would come when you clapped your hands, and sherbets
and ices and black servants, who would cross their arms on their breasts
and nod their heads like images--It was he began it,” cried Philip,
breathless, getting it all out in a burst before anyone could interpose.

“You see how these poor children are spoilt,” said Lady Mary; “yes, he
has been observing you, Mr. Earnshaw. I sent him into town three days in
succession, on purpose.”

“You have looked as languid as a young lady after the season,” said Mr.
Tottenham calmly, “till I saw there was nothing for you but the country,
and a sharp diet of talks and schemes, and the ideas you scorn. When a
man is happy and prosperous, it is all very well for him to do nothing;
but if you happen to be on the wrong side of the hill, my dear fellow,
you can’t afford to keep quiet. You must move on, as Policeman X would
say; or your friends must keep you moving on. To-morrow is Sunday,
unfortunately, when we shall be obliged to keep moderately quiet--”

“Is it wrong to talk on Sunday?” said the little girl, appealing gravely
to Edgar, whom for some time she had been gazing at.

“Not that I know of,” Edgar replied with a smile; but as he looked from
one to the other of the parent pair, he said to himself that there was
no telling what theory upon this subject these excellent people might
have. They might be desperate Sabbatarians for anything he could tell.

“Why do you ask Mr. Earnshaw, Molly?” said Lady Mary.

“Because,” said Molly, “I saw his picture once. I knew him whenever I
saw him, and when I asked who it was, they said it was a very good man.
So I knew it must be quite right to ask him. Papa talks more on Sunday
than on other days, though he always talks a great deal; and yet just
now he said because it is Sunday we must be quiet. Then I said to
myself, why must we be quiet on Sunday? is it wrong?”

“This child is too logical for our peace of mind,” said Mr. Tottenham;
“if it were Phil it would not matter so much, for school would soon
drive that out of him.”

“But he is not going to school,” said Lady Mary quickly.

“Not yet, perhaps--but some time or other, I hope; a boy has not half
lived who has not been to school. I suppose politics are your strong
point, Earnshaw? Foreign politics, to judge from what I heard Newmarch
saying. That fellow wants to pick your brains. I should not think it a
subject that would pay, unless you made it your _cheval de bataille_,
like Gordon Grant, who knows everything that happens abroad better than
the people themselves do--who never, he tells us, see half what is going
on.”

“Quite true,” said Lady Mary, “they never do; one doesn’t in one’s own
experience. One finds out all the little incidents afterwards, and
pieces them into their places.”

“Only it is Earnshaw who is to find out the little incidents, and
Newmarch who is to piece them into their places,” said her husband;
“hard work for the one, great fun, and great glory besides, for the
other. I don’t think I should care to be jackal to Newmarch; especially
as he means all this to be done, not by a Secretary of Legation, but by
a Queen’s Messenger. Do you know what kind of life that is?”

Edgar shook his head. He knew nothing about it, and at this moment he
did not care very much. The buzzing and persecution of those thoughts
which were none of his, which had a separate existence of their own, and
tortured him for admission into his mind, had recommenced. What had he
been brought here for? Why did they attempt to disgust him with the only
career open before him? What did they intend to do with him? The father
and his boy might be ordinary beings enough, with whom he could have
kept up an ordinary intercourse; but Lady Mary and her little daughter
had the strangest effect upon the young man. One of them was full grown,
motherly, on the border of middle age--the other was but a child; yet
the tone of their voices, the turn of their heads, all suggested to him
some one else who was not there. Even little Molly had the family
gestures, the throwing back of the light locks, the sweet brightness of
the eyes, which were so playful and soft, yet so full of vivacious
spirit and life. Poor Edgar was kept in a kind of confused rapture
between the mother and the child; both of them reflected another face,
and echoed another voice to him; between them they seemed to be stealing
all the strength out of him, the very heart from his bosom. He had been
absent three years and had it all come to this, that the soft strain of
enchantment which had charmed him so softly, so lightly, never to any
height of passion, had grown stronger with time, and moved him now more
deeply than at first? These persecuting thoughts made a swoop upon him
like a flight of birds, sweeping down through the air and surrounding
him, as he sat there helpless. Why had he been brought to this
magician’s palace? What did they mean to do with him now? The child had
seen his portrait, the father had been sent to watch him, the mother
asked had anything been said. What was about to be said? What were they
going to do with him? Poor Edgar looked out as from a mist, gradually
overwhelmed by his own excitement, and finally left the doors of his
helpless heart open, as it were, making it a highway through which any
kind of futile supposition might flit and dance. He sat helpless,
excited and wondering. What were they going to do with him? He did not
know.



CHAPTER XV.

Reality.


The frost hardened again in the night, and Tottenham’s was all white and
shining when Edgar looked out from his window in the morning. The house
was square and somewhat ugly, but the great semi-circle of trees which
swept round it was made into something magical by the feathery silvering
of the rime which coated every branch and every twig. He made an
exclamation of pleasure when he looked out. The grass, the trees, the
glistening pinnacles of the great conservatory which stretched to the
south, just catching a glimpse of frosty and wavering sunlight upon
their metallic tops, were all virgin white, though here and there it
began to melt in the sun. Edgar had been far from thinking himself happy
when he fell asleep on the previous night; he was still confused and
harassed by his thoughts, keeping up a hopeless struggle against them;
but he woke up in a state of causeless exhilaration, he did not know
why. The hoar frost and the red sunshine went to his head. His heart
beat more lightly than usual, the blood coursed pleasantly through his
veins. He was like most imaginative people, often glad, and sorry he did
not know why, and a certain unreasonable capricious confidence in his
fate came over him to-day. Something good was coming to him he felt
sure.

The breakfast table at Tottenham’s was lively enough. Lady Mary and her
husband were in full and animated discussion about something or other,
with a shoal of opened letters lying before them, and all the newspapers
that could be had, when Edgar made his appearance somewhat late. The
children who were present on the previous night were flanked by another
small pair, too small to be restrained by mamma, who chattered and
crowed, and made themselves very happy. A bright fire was burning, and
the red sunshine shone in, glinting over the white covered table and its
shining dishes.

“Mr. Earnshaw will agree with me,” Lady Mary cried as he went in,
appealing to him.

“Come along, Earnshaw, you will take my side,” said Mr. Tottenham.

They were both eager to claim his help, and the elder children looked up
at him with the freedom of perfect ease and intimacy.

“Nobody can ever call Molly the late one, now Mr. Earnshaw is here,”
cried Phil exulting. They all received him as one of themselves, and in
everything they said there was a silent suggestion that he belonged to
them, that he was to remain with them, which bewildered him beyond
words. The letters on the table were about every subject under heaven.
They had their domestic correspondence, I suppose, and family affairs of
their own; but these epistles were all about “schemes” of one kind and
another, plans for the reformation of heaven knows how many classes of
society, and for the improvement of the world altogether, which indeed
has great need of improvement. I cannot tell what the special question
might be that morning; there were so many of them that it was difficult
for a stranger to discriminate; and as Lady Mary had told him, she and
her husband very seldom agreed. They were both intensely in earnest, and
both threw themselves with all their might into everything they did.
Edgar, however, was not in a mood to utter any oracles, or to associate
himself with one scheme or another. He was disposed to enjoy the strange
holiday which had come to him, he could not tell how. He left the father
and mother to themselves, and addressed himself to the children.

“Phil,” he said, “you and I are ignoramuses, we don’t know about these
deep matters. Talk to me of something within my capacity; or Molly, if
Phil will not talk, do you.”

The reply to this was that both children talked together.

“Mr. Earnshaw, the ice is bearing; what an awful pity it’s Sunday!” said
the boy, “I wanted to tell you whenever you came in--” and “Oh, Mr.
Earnshaw, come to church with us, and I’ll show you the village and my
pet old woman who tells us stories,” said the little girl.

Edgar was delighted. He asked about the ice, what it was, an ornamental
piece of water, or the village pond; and told Molly he would go and see
her village, and try whether he or she could remember most of the
sermon. Phil interfered when he heard this bargain. He shook his head
over the rashness of his new friend.

“She has an awful good memory,” he said, “I wouldn’t try against her,
Mr. Earnshaw, if I was you. She remembers what people said ages and ages
ago, and comes down upon you after you have forgotten all about it. I
wouldn’t go in against Moll.”

“But I haven’t such an awfully good memory for sermons,” said Molly,
with modest deprecation of the excessive praise, “though I do remember
most things pretty well.”

“Molly will win of course; but I shall try my best,” said Edgar. The
children suited him best on this day of exhilaration when his heart was
so foolishly free. He caught the father and mother looking at him, with
significant glances to each other, while this conversation was going on,
and was bewildered to think what they could mean. What did they mean? It
was altogether bewildering and perplexing. The man who attended him that
morning had informed him that he had been told off for his especial
service, and had looked somewhat offended when Edgar laughed and
declared he required no particular tending. “I ’ad my horders, Sir,”
said the man. Everybody seemed to have their orders; and if that curious
insanity of thought which had assailed him yesterday, a running riot of
imagination, for which he did not feel himself to be responsible--if
that came back again, tearing open the doors of his heart, and pouring
through them, was it his fault?

The village lay at the park gates; but villages so near London are not
like villages in the depths of the country. This was one where there was
a number of smaller gentlefolks, tributaries on all great occasions of
Tottenham’s; but when they had a chance, very glad to note any
deficiency on the part of the man whom they called a _nouveau riche_,
and even a shopkeeper, which was the title of deepest reproach they
could think of. Indeed if Mr. Tottenham had not married Lady Mary, I
believe he would have had many little pricks and stings from his poor
yet well-born neighbours; but a Lady Mary in English village society
cannot do wrong. It was a pleasant walk to church, where they all went
together, the children walking demurely in honour of Sunday, though
Phil’s eye and heart were tempted by the long expanse of white which
showed between two lines of green at the right side of the road.

“It is hard enough to bear the big town carriage,” he said
confidentially to Edgar, “or one of the farmer’s huge carts.”

“We’ll go and see it after church,” said Edgar in the same tone; and so
the little procession moved on. Perhaps Lady Mary was the one who cared
for this family progress to church the least. Mr. Tottenham, though he
was given over to schemes of the most philosophical description, was the
simplest soul alive, doing his duty in this respect with as light a
heart as his children. But Lady Mary was very “viewy.” She was an
advanced liberal, and read the “Fortnightly,” and smiled at many things
that were said out of the pulpit once a week. Sometimes even she would
laugh a little at the “duty” of going to church, and hearing old Mr.
Burton maunder for half an hour; but all the same she respected her
husband’s prejudices, and the traditions of the superior class, which,
even when it believes in natural equality, still feels it necessary to
set an example to its neighbours. Lady Mary professed sentiments which
were inclined towards republicanism and democracy; but nevertheless she
knew that she was one of the gods, and had to conduct herself as became
that regnant position among men.

“There goes the shopkeeper and his family,” said Mrs. Colonel
Witherington from her window, which looked out on the village green.
“Girls, it is time to put on your bonnets. A man like that is bred up to
be punctual; he comes to church as he goes to the shop, as the hour
strikes. There he goes--”

“As ostentatiously humble as ever,” said one of the girls.

“And he has got one of the shopmen with him, mamma,” said Myra, who was
the wit of the family. “Not a bad looking draper’s assistant; they
always have the shopmen out on Sundays. Poor fellows, it is their only
day.”

“Poor fellows, indeed! I suppose Lady Mary thinks because she is an
earl’s daughter she can do whatever she likes; introducing such people
as these into the society of gentle-folks,” cried the mother. “Myra,
don’t stand laughing there, but put on your things.”

“We need not go into their society unless we please,” said Myra.

“And to be sure an Earl’s daughter _can_ do whatever she likes; no
nonsense of that description will make _her_ lose caste,” said the
eldest Miss Witherington, turning away from the window with a sigh. This
poor young lady, not being an Earl’s daughter, had not been able to do
as she liked, or to marry as she liked, and she felt the difference far
more keenly than her mother did, who was affected only in theory. This
was one of the many scraps of neighbourly talk which went on at Harbour
Green when the party from Tottenham’s were seen walking through the
village to church. Lady Mary was an Earl’s daughter, and she _did_ take
it upon her to do precisely as she liked; but her neighbours directed
most of their indignation upon her husband who had no such privileges, a
man who was civil to everybody, and whom they all confessed, whenever
they wanted anything of him, to be the best-natured fellow in the world.

The service in the little church was not so well-conducted as it might
have been, had Lady Mary taken more interest in it; but still the lesser
authorities had done something for the training of the choir, and a
gentle Ritualism, not too pronounced as yet, kept everything in a
certain good order. Lady Mary herself did not take the same honest and
simple part in the devotions as her husband and children did; various
parts of the service went against her views; she smiled a little as she
listened to the sermon. A close observer might have noticed that, though
she behaved with the most perfect decorum, as a great lady ought, she
yet felt herself somewhat superior to all that was going on. I cannot
say that Edgar noticed this on his first Sunday at Harbour Green, though
he may have remarked it afterwards; but Edgar’s mind was not at the
present moment sufficiently free to remark upon individual peculiarity.
The sense of novelty or something else more exciting still worked in
him, and left him in a state of vague agitation; and when the service
being over, Lady Mary hurried on with the children, on pretence of
calling on some one, and left Mr. Tottenham with Edgar, the young man
felt his heart beat higher, and knew that the moment at last had come.

“Well, Earnshaw! you have not had much time to judge, it is true; but
how do you think you like us?” said Mr. Tottenham. The question was odd,
but the questioner’s face was as grave as that of a judge. “We are hasty
people, and you are hasty,” he added, “so it is not so absurd as it
might be; how do you think you shall like us? Now speak out, never mind
our feelings. I am not asking you sentimentally, but from a purely
business point of view.”

“I am so hasty a man,” said Edgar, laughing, with a much stronger sense
of the comic character of the position than the other had, “that I made
up my mind at sight, as one generally does; but since then you have so
bribed me by kindness--”

“Then you do like us!” said Mr. Tottenham, holding out his hand, “I
thought you would. Of course if you had not liked us our whole scheme
would have come to nothing, and Mary had rather set her heart on it. You
will be sure not to take offence, or to think us impertinent if I tell
you what we thought?”

“One word,” said Edgar with nervous haste. “Tell me first what it has
been that has made you take such a warm interest in me?”

Mr. Tottenham winced and twisted his slim long person as a man in an
embarrassing position is apt to do. “Well,” he said, “Earnshaw, I don’t
know that we can enter into it so closely as that. We have always taken
an interest in you, since the time when you were a great friend of the
Thornleigh’s and we were always hearing of you; and when you behaved so
well in that bad business. And then some months ago we heard that you
had been seen coming up from Scotland--travelling,” Mr. Tottenham added,
with hesitation, “in the cheap way.”

“Who told you that?” Edgar’s curiosity gave a sharpness which he had not
intended to his voice.

“Come, come,” said Mr. Tottenham good-humouredly; “that is just the
point which I cannot enter into. But you may permit us to be interested,
though we can’t describe in full detail how it came about. Earnshaw,
Mary and I are fanciful sort of people, as you perceive; we don’t always
keep to the beaten path; and we want you to do us a favour. What I am
going to ask may be a little irregular; it may sound a little
obtrusive; you may take it amiss; though I hope not--”

“I shall not take it amiss in any case,” Edgar managed to say; but his
heart was beating very loudly, and an agitation for which he could not
account had got possession of his whole being. His mind went wildly over
a whole world of conjecture, and I need not add that he was utterly
astray in everything he thought of, and did not reach to the faintest
notion of what his companion meant to be at.

“In the first place,” said Mr. Tottenham nervously, “it is evident that
you must wait till there is an opening in that business with Newmarch. I
don’t doubt in the least that he wants to have you, and that he’ll give
you the first vacancy; but he can’t kill off a man on purpose, though I
dare say he would if he could. I don’t go on to say in the second place,
as I might perhaps, that a Queen’s Messenger has a very wearisome life,
and not much to make amends for it--”

Here he paused to take breath, while Edgar watched and wondered, getting
more and more bewildered every moment in the maze of conjecture through
which he could not find his way.

“Of course,” said Mr. Tottenham, himself displaying a certain amount of
rising excitement, “I don’t mean to say that you ought not to accept
such an appointment if it was offered. But in the meantime, what are you
to do? Live in London, and waste your resources, and break your spirit
with continual waiting? I say no, no, by no means; and this is what put
it into my head to say what I am going to say to you, and to insist
upon your coming here.”

What was he going to say? Still Edgar, subdued by his own excitement,
could make no reply. Mr. Tottenham paused also, as if half fearing to
take the plunge.

“What we meant, Earnshaw,” he said abruptly, at last, “what Mary and I
want, if you will do it, is--that you should stay with us and take
charge of our boy.”

The last words he uttered hastily, and almost sharply, as if throwing
something out that burned him while he held it. And oh! dear reader, how
can I express to you the way in which poor Edgar fell, fell, low down,
and lower down, as into some echoing depth, when these words fell upon
his dismayed and astonished ears! Take charge of their boy! God help
him! what had he been thinking about? He could not himself tell;
nothing, a chimera, the foolishest of dreams, some wild fancy which
involved the future in a vain haze of brightness with the image of the
veiled maiden in the railway carriage, and of Gussy, who was never
veiled. Oh, Heaven and earth! what a fool, what a fool he was! She had
nothing to do with it; he himself had nothing to do with it. It was but
a benevolent scheme of people with a great many benevolent schemes about
them, for the relief of a poor young fellow whom they knew to be in
trouble. That was all. Edgar went on walking as in a dream, feeling
himself spin round and round and go down, as to the bottom of some well.
He could hear that Mr. Tottenham went on speaking, and the hum of his
voice made, as it were, a running accompaniment to his own hubbub of
inarticulate thoughts; Edgar heard it, yet heard it not. When he woke up
from this confusion, it was quite suddenly, by reason of a pause in the
accompanying voice. The last words his bewildered intelligence caught up
were these:

“You will think it over, and tell me your decision later. You will
understand that we both beg you to forgive us, if we have said or done
anything which is disagreeable to you, Earnshaw. You promise me to
remember that?”

“Disagreeable!” Edgar murmured half consciously. “Why should it be
disagreeable?” but even his own voice seemed to be changed in his own
ear as he said it. He was all changed, and everything about him. “I must
go across to the pond before I go in,” he added, somewhat abruptly. “I
promised Philip to look at the ice;” and with scarcely any further
excuse, set off across the grass, from which the whiteness and crispness
of the morning frosts had been stolen away by the sun. He could not get
free of the physical sensation of having fallen. He seemed to himself to
be bruised and shaken; he could do nothing with his mind but realize and
identify his state; he could not discuss it with himself. It did not
seem to him even that he knew what he had been thinking of, what he had
been hoping; he knew only that he had fallen from some strange height,
and lay at the bottom somewhere, aching and broken in heart and
strength, stunned by the fall, and so confused that he did not know what
had happened to him, or what he must do next. In this state of mind he
walked mechanically across the grass, and gazed at the frozen pond,
without knowing what he was doing, and then strode mechanically away
from it, and went home. (How soon we begin to call any kind of a place
home, when we have occasion to use it as such!). He went home, back to
his room, the room which surely, he thought to himself, was too good for
Mr. Tottenham’s tutor, which was the post he had been asked to occupy.
Mr. Tottenham’s boy’s tutor, that was the phrase.

It was his own repetition of these words which roused him a little; the
tutor in the house; the handy man who was made to do everything; the one
individual among the gentlemen of the house whom it was possible to
order about; who was an equal, and yet no equal. No, Edgar said to
himself, with a generous swelling of his heart, it was not thus that a
dependent would be treated in Mr. Tottenham’s house; but the very idea
of being a dependent struck him with such sharp poignancy of surprise,
as well as pain, that he could not calm himself down, or make the best
of it. He had never tasted what this was like yet. When he had made his
application to Lord Newmarch, the experience had not been a pleasant
one; but it was short at least, and the position he had hoped for had
been independent at least. In it, he would have been no man’s servant,
but the Queen’s, whom all men delight to serve. Mr. Tottenham’s tutor
was a very different thing.

He sat at his window, and heard without knowing the great luncheon-bell
peal out through all the echoes. He felt that he could not go downstairs
to confront them all, while still in the confusion and stupor of his
downfall; for he had sustained a downfall more terrible than anyone
knew, more bewildering than he could even realize himself; from vague,
strange, delicious suspicions of something coming which might change all
his life, down to a sickening certainty of something come, which would
indeed change everything in every way, in the estimation of the world
and of himself.

Mr. Tottenham walked home very seriously on his side, after this
interview. He had some sort of comprehension that the proposal he had
just made was one which, at the first hearing, would not delight his new
friend; and he was sufficiently friendly and large-minded to permit the
young man a little moment of ruffled pride, a little misery, even a
little offence, before he could make up his mind to it, notwithstanding
that it was, on the part of the Tottenhams, an impulse of almost pure
and unmixed charity and kindness which had suggested it. They were
impulsive people both, and fond of making themselves the Providence of
poorer people; and the very best thing that can be said of them, better
even than their universal and crotchety willingness to serve everybody
who came in their way, was their composure when the intended recipients
of their bounty hesitated, or, as sometimes happened, kicked at it
altogether. Their kindnesses, their bounties, their crotchets, and their
theories were all mixed up together, and might occasionally be less
good, and do less good than they were meant to do; but the toleration
which permitted a prospective _protégé_ to weigh the benefit offered,
without any angry consciousness of his want of gratitude, was admirable,
and much more unusual in this world than even the kindness itself. Mr.
Tottenham hurried off to his wife, and told her all about it; and the
two together waited for Edgar’s decision with sympathetic excitement,
almost as much disturbed in their minds as he was, and with no indignant
feeling that their good intentions were having scanty justice. On the
contrary, they discussed the matter as they might have done something in
which their _amour propre_ was not at all engaged.

“I hope he will see it is the best thing for him,” said Mr. Tottenham.

“Of course it is the best thing for him, and he must see it,” said the
more impetuous Lady Mary; but neither one nor the other declared that he
would be a fool or ungrateful if he neglected this opening, as so many
intending benefactors would. They discussed it all the afternoon, taking
their Sunday stroll together through the greenhouses, which were
splendid, and talking of nothing but Edgar.

“He must do it; we must insist upon it, Tom,” Lady Mary cried, growing
more and more eager.

“I cannot make him, dear, if he don’t see it,” said the husband, shaking
his head.

Thus both upstairs and downstairs there was but one subject of
consideration. The ugly things about dependence, about domestic slavery,
about the equal who would not be an equal, which Edgar was saying to
himself, found no echo in the talk of the good people, full of wealth
and power to benefit others, who puckered their brows on the subject
downstairs. In this respect the thoughts of the poor man whom they
wanted to befriend, were much less generous than theirs who wanted to
befriend him. He judged them harshly, and they judged him kindly. He
attributed intentions and motives to them which they were guiltless of,
and thought of himself as degraded in their eyes by the kindness they
had offered; while, in fact, he had become a most important person to
them, solely on that account--a person occupying a superior position,
with power to decide against or for them, to honour or discredit their
judgment. Indeed, I am bound to allow that Edgar was not generous at all
at this moment of his career, and that his hosts were. But ah me! it is
so much easier to be generous, to be tolerant, to think the best, when
you are rich and can confer favours; so difficult to keep up your
optimist views, and to see the best side of everything, when you are
poor!

“He will either come down and tell us that he accepts, or he will pack
his things and go off to-night,” said Lady Mary as they waited. They
were seated in the conservatory, in the centre circle under the
glittering glass dome, which had been built to give room for the great
feathery branches of a palm tree. This was the favourite spot in which
all the pretty luxury of these conservatories culminated. Some
bright-coloured Persian rugs were laid on the floor, here and there,
upon which were some half-dozen chairs, half rustic and wholly
luxurious. All the flowers that art can extract or force from nature in
the depth of Winter were grouped about, great moon-discs of white
camellias, heaths covered with fairy bells, spotless primulas rising
from out the rough velvet of their leaves. The atmosphere was soft as a
moderate gentle Summer, and the great palm leaves stirred now and then
against the high dome of glass. Mr. Tottenham lounged on a rustic sofa,
with a cloud of anxiety on his face, and Lady Mary, too anxious to
lounge, sat bolt upright and listened. Why were those good people
anxious? I cannot tell; they wanted, I suppose, to succeed in this good
action which they had set their hearts on doing; they did not want to be
foiled; and they had set their hearts upon delivering Edgar from his
difficulties, and making him comfortable. Along with their other
sentiments there was mixed a certain generous fear lest they should have
been precipitate, lest they should have hurt the feelings and wounded
the pride of their friend whom they wished to serve. I wish there were
more of such people, and more of such susceptibilities in the world.

They sat thus, until the twilight grew so deep and shadowy that they
could scarcely see each other. It was very cold outside, where
everything began again to congeal and whiten, and all the world resigned
itself with a groan to the long, long interval of dead darkness,
hopelessness, and cold which must deepen before day. At the end of a
vista of shrubs and great evergreen plants, the red glow of the
drawing-room fire shone out, shining there like a ruddy star in the
distance. Lady Mary drew her shawl round her with a little shiver, and
her husband got up and yawned in the weariness of suspense. Had he gone
away without giving an answer? Had they done nothing but harm, though
they had wished so much to do good. They both started like a couple of
guilty conspirators when at length a step was heard approaching, and
Edgar appeared, half hesitating, half eager, against the glow of the
distant fire.



CHAPTER XVI.

A Pair of Philanthropists.


I need not describe the many struggles of feeling which Edgar went
through on that memorable Sunday, before he finally made up his mind to
accept Mr. Tottenham’s proposal, and do the only thing which remained
possible for him, his only alternative between work of some sort and
idleness--between spending his last little remnant of money and
beginning to earn some more--a thing which he had never yet done in his
life. It was very strange to the young man, after so long an interval of
a very different life, to return vicariously, as it were, not in his own
right, to the habits and surroundings of luxury. He felt a whimsical
inclination at first to explain to everybody he encountered that he was,
so to speak, an impostor, having no right to all the good things about
him, but being only Mr. Tottenham’s upper servant, existing in the
atmosphere of the drawing-room only on sufferance and by courtesy.
People in such circumstances are generally, I believe, very differently
affected, or so at least one reads in story. They are generally pictured
as standing perpetually on the defensive, looking out for offence,
anticipating injury, and in a sore state of compulsory humility or
rather humiliation. I do not know whether Edgar’s humorous character
could ever have been driven by ill-usage to feel in this way, but as he
had no ill-usage to put up with, but much the reverse, he took a totally
different view. After the first conflict with himself was over, which we
have already indicated, he came to consider his tutorship a good joke,
as indeed, I am sorry to say, everybody else did--even Phil, who was in
high glee over his new instructor.

“I don’t know what I am to teach him,” Edgar had said to the boy’s
parents when he came down to the conservatory on the memorable Sunday I
have already described, and joined the anxious pair.

“Teach him whatever you know,” Lady Mary had answered; but Edgar’s half
mirthful, half dismayed sense of unfitness for the post they thrust upon
him was not much altered by this impulsive speech.

“What do I know?” he said to himself next morning when, coming down
early before any one else, he found himself alone in the library, with
all the materials for instruction round him. Edgar had not himself been
educated in England, and he did not know whether such knowledge as he
possessed might not suffer from being transmitted in an unusual way
without the orthodox form. “My Latin and Greek may be good enough,
though I doubt it,” he said, when Mr. Tottenham joined him, “but how if
they are found to be quite out of the Eton shape, and therefore no good
to Phil?”

“Never mind the Eton shape, or any other shape,” said Mr. Tottenham,
“you heard what Mary said, and her opinion may be relied upon. Teach him
what you know. Why, he is only twelve, he has time enough for mere
shape, I hope.”

And thus Edgar was again silenced. He was, however, a tolerably good
scholar, and as it happened, in pure idleness had lately betaken himself
again to those classical studies which so many men lay aside with their
youth. And in the library at Tottenham’s there was a crowd of books
bearing upon all possible theories of education, which Edgar, with a
private smile at himself, carried to his room with him in detachments,
and pored over with great impartiality, reading the most opposite
systems one after another. When he told Lady Mary about his studies, she
afforded immediate advice and information. She knew a great deal more
about them than he did. She had tried various systems, each antagonistic
to the other, in her own pet schools in the village, and she was far
from having made up her mind on the subject.

“I confess to you frankly, Mr. Earnshaw,” said Lady Mary, “sometimes I
think we have nothing in the world to trust to but education, which is
the rational view; and sometimes I feel that I put no faith in it at
all.”

“That is something like my own opinion,” said Earnshaw, “though I have
permitted you to do yourselves the injustice of appointing me tutor to
Phil.”

“Education, like everything else, depends so much on one’s theory of
life,” said Lady Mary, “Mr. Tottenham and I think differently on the
subject, which is a great pity, though I don’t see that it does us much
harm. My husband is content to take things as they are, which is by much
the more comfortable way; but that too is a matter of temperament. Phil
will be sure to get on if you will bring him into real correspondence
with your own mind. Molly gives me a great deal more trouble; a man can
get himself educated one way or another, a woman can’t.”

“Is it so?” said Edgar, “pardon my ignorance. I thought most ladies were
terribly well educated.”

“Ah, I know what you mean!” said Lady Mary, “educated in nothings,
taught to display all their little bits of superficial information. It
is not only that women get no education, Mr. Earnshaw, but how are we to
get it for them? Of course an effort may be made for a girl in Molly’s
position, with parents who fully appreciate the difficulties of the
matter; but for girls of the middle classes for instance? they get a
little very bad music, and worse French, and this is considered
education. I dare say you will help me by and by in one of my pet
schemes. Some of my friends in town have been so very good as to join me
in a little effort I am making to raise the standard. The rector here, a
well-meaning sort of man, has been persuaded to join, and to give us a
nicish sort of schoolroom which happens to be unoccupied, and his
countenance, which does us good with old fashioned people. I have spent
a good deal of time on the scheme myself, and it is one of my chief
interests. I quite reckon upon you to help.”

“What must I do?” said Edgar with a plaintive tone in his voice. Alas,
worse had happened to him than falling into the hands of thieves who
could only rob him--no more. He had fallen into the hands of good
Samaritans who could do a great deal worse. He thought of ragged-schools
and unruly infants; his thoughts went no further, and to this he
resigned himself with a sigh.

“Then you will really help?” cried Lady Mary delighted, “I knew from the
first you would be the greatest acquisition to us. My plan is to have
lectures, Mr. Earnshaw, upon various subjects; they last only during the
winter, and a great number of girls have begun to attend. One of my
friends takes Latin, another French. Alas, our German lecturer has just
failed us! if you could supply his place it would be perfect. Then we
have history, mathematics, and literature; we cannot do much of course,
but even a little is better than nothing. It would not take up very much
of your time; an hour and a half a week, with perhaps a moment now and
then to look after exercises, &c.”

“Am I expected to teach German to anybody in an hour and a half a week?”
said Edgar, laughing. “It is a small expenditure for so great a result.”

“Of course you think it can only be a smattering--and that a smattering
is a bad thing?” said the social reformer, “but we really do produce
very good results--you shall see if you will but try.”

“And what branch, may I ask, do you take?” said the ignorant neophyte.

“_I_, Mr. Earnshaw! why I learn!” cried Lady Mary; “if I could I would
go in for all the studies, but that is impossible. I follow as many as I
can, and find it an admirable discipline for the mind, just that
discipline which is denied to women. Why do you look at me so strangely?
Why do you laugh? I assure you I mean what I say.”

“If I must not laugh, pray teach me some more philosophical way of
expressing my feelings,” said Edgar, “I fear I should laugh still more
if you did me the honour to select me as one of your instructors. A year
hence when I have been well trained by Phil, I may have a little more
confidence in myself.”

“If you mean,” said Lady Mary, somewhat offended, “that instructing
others is the best way to confirm your own knowledge, I am sure you are
quite right; but if you mean to laugh at my scheme--”

“Pray pardon me,” said Edgar, “I can’t help it. The idea of teaching you
is too much for my gravity. Tell me who the other learned pundits are
from whom Lady Mary Tottenham learns--”

“Lady Mary Tottenham would learn from any man who had anything to teach
her,” she answered with momentary anger; then added with a short laugh,
extorted from her against her will, “Mr. Earnshaw, you are very
impertinent and unkind; why should you laugh at one’s endeavour to help
one’s fellow-creatures to a little instruction, and one’s self--”

“Are you quarrelling?” said Mr. Tottenham, stalking in suddenly, with
his glass in his eye. “What is the matter? Earnshaw, I want to interest
you in a very pet scheme of mine. When my wife has done with you, let me
have a hearing. I want him to drive in with me to Tottenham’s, Mary, and
see what is doing there.”

“I hope Mr. Earnshaw will be kinder to you than he has been to me,” said
Lady Mary; “at me he does nothing but laugh. He despises women, I
suppose, like so many other men, and thinks us beneath the range of
intellectual beings.”

“What a cruel judgment,” said Edgar, “because I am tickled beyond
measure at the thought of having anything to teach you, and at the
suggestion that you can improve your mind by attending lectures, and are
undergoing mental discipline by means of mathematics and history--”

“Oh, then it is only that you think me too old,” said Lady Mary, with
the not unagreeable amusement of a pretty woman who knows herself to be
not old, and to look still younger and fresher than she feels; and they
had an amiable laugh over this excellent joke, which entirely restored
the friendly relations between them. Mr. Tottenham smiled reflectively
with his glass in his eye, not looking into the matter. He was too
seriously occupied with his own affairs to enter into any unnecessary
merriment.

“Come along, Earnshaw,” he said, “I want you to come into Tottenham’s
with me, and on the way I will tell you all about my scheme, which my
wife takes a great interest in also. You will come to the next evening,
Mary? It is always so much more successful when you are there.”

“Surely,” said Lady Mary with a vague smile, as she gathered up a bundle
of papers which she had produced to show Edgar. She shook her head over
them as she turned away. Her husband’s schemes she patronized with a
gentle interest; but her own occupied her a great deal more warmly as
was natural. “You have not given me half the consideration my plan
deserves,” she said half pathetically, “but don’t think I mean to let
you off on that account,” and with a friendly smile to both the
gentlemen she went to her own concerns. The library had been the scene
of the conversation, and Lady Mary now withdrew to her own special
table, which was placed in front of a great bay-window overlooking the
flower-garden. It was a very large room, and Mr. Tottenham’s table had a
less favourable aspect, with nothing visible but dark shrubberies from
the window behind him, to which he judiciously turned his back.

“Mary prefers to look out, and I to look in,” he said; “to be sure I
have her to look at, which makes a difference.”

This huge room was the centre of their morning occupations, and the
scene of many an amiable controversy. The two tables which belonged to
the pair individually were both covered with papers, that of Lady Mary
being the most orderly, but not the least crowded, while a third large
table, in front of the fire, covered with books and newspapers, offered
scope for any visitor who might chance to join them in their viewy and
speculative seclusion. As a matter of fact, most people who came to
Tottenham’s, gravitated sooner or later towards this room. It was the
point of meeting in the morning, just as the palm-tree in the
conservatory was the centre of interest in the afternoon.

“I am writing to Lyons to come to my next evening,” said Mr. Tottenham,
taking his place at his own table, while Lady Mary with her back towards
the other occupants of the room scribbled rapidly at hers.

“Do you think they will care for Lyons?” asked Lady Mary without turning
round, “you forget always that amusement and not information is what
they want--”

“Amusement is what we all want, my dear,” said her husband, with
apologetic mildness. “We approach the subject in different ways. You
call in the same man to instruct as I do to amuse. We agree as to the
man, but we don’t agree as to the object; and yet it comes to the very
same thing at last.”

“You think so,” said Lady Mary, still with her back turned; “but we
shall see by the results.”

“Yes, Lyons is coming,” said Mr. Tottenham. “I don’t know if you have
heard him, Earnshaw. He has been in Africa, and all over the world. My
own opinion is that he is rather a stupid fellow; but, so long as other
people don’t think so, what does that matter? He is coming; and, my
dear fellow, if you would listen to what I am going to tell you, and
take an interest in my people--”

“What would happen?” said Edgar, as the other paused. He was half amused
and half alarmed by the turn that things were taking, and did not know
what strange use he might be put to next.

“Ah, I don’t know what might not happen,” said Mr. Tottenham, yielding
for a moment to the influence of Edgar’s distressed but humorous
countenance. “However, don’t be frightened. You shall not be forced to
do anything. I don’t approve of over-persuasion. But supposing that you
should be interested, as I expect, a great deal more than you think--”

This he said in a deprecatory, propitiatory way, looking up suddenly
from the letter he was writing. Edgar stood in front of the fire,
contemplating both parties, and he was half touched as well as more than
half amused by this look. He did not even know what it was he was called
upon to interest himself in; but the eagerness of his companions, about
their several plans, went to his heart.

“You may be sure, if there is anything I can do--” he said, impulsively.

“You should not allow Mr. Earnshaw to commit himself till he has seen
what it is,” said Lady Mary, from the opposite table; and then she, too,
turned half round, pen in hand, and fixed an earnest gaze upon him. “I
may write to my people and tell them the German class will be resumed
next week?” she said, with much the same entreating look as her husband
had put on. It was all Edgar could do to preserve his gravity, and not
reply with indecorous gaiety, like that which had provoked her before;
for Lady Mary, on this point at least, was less tolerant and more easily
affronted than her husband.

“If you think I can be of any use,” he said, trying to look as serious
as possible; and thus, before he knew, the double bargain was made.

It would be impossible to describe in words the whimsical unreality of
the situation in which Edgar thus found himself when he got into Mr.
Tottenham’s phaeton to be driven back to town, in order to be made
acquainted with the other “Tottenham’s.” Only a few days had passed
since the wintry evening when he arrived a stranger at the hospitable
but unknown house. He was a stranger still according to all rules, but
yet his life had suddenly become entangled with the lives which a week
ago he had never heard of. He was no visitor, but a member of the
family, with distinct duties in it; involved even in its eccentricities,
its peculiarities, its quaint benevolences. Edgar felt his head swim as
they drove from the door which he had entered for the first time so very
short a while ago. Was he in a dream? or had he gone astray out of the
ordinary workday world into some modern version of the Arabian Nights?

“You remember what I told you, Earnshaw, about the shop?” said his
companion. “It is for the shop that I bespeak your interest now. I told
you that my wife had no false pride on the subject, and how she cured
me of my absurdity. I draw a great deal of money out of it, and I employ
a great number of people. Of course, I have a great responsibility
towards these people. If they were labourers on an estate, or miners in
a coal-pit, everybody would acknowledge this responsibility; but being
only shopmen and shopwomen, or, poor souls, as they prefer to have it,
assistants in a house of business, the difficulty is much increased. Do
I have your attention, Earnshaw?”

“I am listening,” said Edgar; “but you must excuse me if my attention
seems to wander a little. Consider how short an acquaintance ours is,
and that I am somewhat giddy with the strange turn my life has taken.
Pure selfishness, of course; but one does rank more highly than is fit
in one’s own thoughts.”

“To be sure, it is all novel and strange,” said Mr. Tottenham, in a
soothing and consolatory tone. “Never mind; you will soon get used to
our ways. For my own part, I think a spinning mill is nothing to my
shop. Several hundreds of decently dressed human creatures, some of the
young women looking wonderfully like ladies, I can tell you, is a very
bewildering sort of kingdom to deal with. The Queen rules in a vague
sort of way compared to me. She has nothing to do with our private
morals or manners; so long as we don’t rob or steal, she leaves us to
our own guidance. But, in my dominions, there is all the minuteness of
despotism. My subjects live in my house, eat my bread, and have to be
regulated by my pleasure. I look after them in everything, their
religious sentiments, their prudential arrangements, their amusements.
You don’t listen to me, Earnshaw.”

“Oh, yes, I do. But if Phil’s lessons and Lady Mary’s lectures come in
to disturb my attention, you won’t mind just at first? This is the same
road we drove down on Saturday. There is the same woman standing at the
same door.”

“And here are the same horses, and the same man with the same sentiments
driving you.”

“Thanks; you are very kind,” said Edgar, gratefully; “but my head goes
round notwithstanding. I suppose so many ups and downs put one off one’s
balance. I promise you to wake up when we come to the field of battle.”

“You mean the shop,” said Mr. Tottenham; “don’t be afraid of naming it.
I am rather excited, to tell the truth, about the effect it may have
upon you. I am like a showman, with something quite original and out of
the common to show.”



CHAPTER XVII.

The Shop.


Tottenham’s is situated in one of the great thoroughfares which lead out
of the heart of London, towards one of its huge suburbs. It consists of
an immense square pile of building, facing to four different streets,
with frontage of plate-glass windows, and masses of costly shawls and
silks appearing through. To many people, but these were mostly ladies,
Tottenham’s was a kind of fairyland. It represented everything, from
substantial domestic linen to fairy webs of lace, which money could buy.
In the latter particular, it is true, Tottenham’s was limited; it
possessed only the productions of modern fingers, the filmy fabrics of
Flanders and France; but its silks, its velvets, its magnificences of
shawl and drapery, its untold wealth in the homelier shape of linen and
cambric, were unsurpassed anywhere, and the fame of them had spread
throughout London, nay, throughout England. The name of this great
establishment caused a flutter of feeling through all the Home Counties,
and up even to the Northern borders. People sent their orders to
Tottenham’s from every direction of the compass. The mass of its clients
were, perhaps, not highly fashionable, though even the _crême de la
crême_ sometimes made a raid into the vast place, which was reported
cheap, and where fashionable mothers were apt to assure each other that
people, who knew what was what, might often pick up very nice things
indeed at half the price which Élise would ask, not to speak of Worth.
Persons who know what Worth has last invented, and how Élise works, have
an immense advantage in this way over their humble neighbours. But the
humble neighbours themselves were very good customers, and bought more
largely, if with less discrimination. And the middle class, like one
man, or rather like one woman, patronized Tottenham’s. It bought its
gowns there, and its carpets and its thread and needles, everything that
is wanted, in a house. It provided its daughters’ _trousseaux_, and
furnished its sons’ houses out of this universal emporium; not the
chairs and tables, it is true, but everything else. The arrangements of
the interior were so vast and bewildering as to drive a stranger wild,
though the _habitués_ glided about from counter to counter with smiling
readiness. There were as many departments as in the Home Office, but
everybody looked after his own department, which is not generally the
case in the Imperial shop; and the hum of voices, the gliding about of
many feet, the rustle of many garments, the vague sound and sentiment of
a multitude pervaded the alleys of counters, the crowded passages
between, where group was jostled by group, and not an inch of space left
unoccupied.

Edgar’s entrance into this curious unexplored world, which he had been
brought here expressly to “take an interest” in, was made through a
private way, through the counting-house, where many clerks sat at their
desks, and where all was quiet and still as in a well-ordered merchant’s
office. Mr. Tottenham had a large room, furnished with the
morocco-covered chairs and writing-tables consecrated to such places,
but with more luxury than usual; with Turkey carpets on the floor, and
rich crimson curtains framing the great window, which looked into a
small court-yard surrounded with blank walls. Here Mr. Tottenham paused
to look over a bundle of business letters, and to hear some reports that
were brought to him by the heads of departments. These were not entirely
about business. Though the communications were made in a low voice,
Edgar could not help hearing that Mr. So-and-So was in question here,
and Miss Somebody there.

“If something is not done, I don’t think the other young ladies will
stand it, Sir,” said a grave elderly gentleman, whom Edgar, eyeing him
curiously, felt that he would have taken at least for a Member of
Parliament.

“I will look into it, Robinson. You may make your mind quite easy. I
will certainly look into it,” said Mr. Tottenham, with such a look as
the Chancellor of the Exchequer may put on when he anticipates a failure
in the revenue.

“You see, Sir,” added Mr. Robinson, “a piece of scandal about any of the
young ladies is bad enough; but when it comes to be the head of a
department, or at least, one of the heads--and you remember it was all
our opinions that Miss Lockwood was just the fit person for the place.
I had a little difficulty myself on the point, for Miss Innes had been
longer in the establishment; but as for being ladylike-looking, and a
good figure, and a good manner, there could, of course, be no
comparison.”

“I will look into it, I will look into it,” said Mr. Tottenham,
hurriedly.

The head of a State has to bear many worries, in small things as well as
in great; and the head of Tottenham’s was less a constitutional than a
despotic ruler. Limited Monarchies do not answer, it must be allowed, on
a small scale. The respectable Mr. Robinson withdrew to one side, while
other heads of departments approached the Sultan of the Shop. Edgar
looked on with some amusement and a good deal of interest. Mr. Tottenham
was no longer speculative and viewy. He went into all the business
details with a precision which surprised his companion, and talked of
the rise in silks, and the vicissitudes in shirtings, with very much
more apparent perception of the seriousness of the matter than he had
ever evidenced in the other Tottenham’s, the wealthy house in which the
shopkeeper lived as princes live. Edgar would have retired when these
business discussions, or rather reports and audiences, began; but Mr.
Tottenham restrained him with a quick look and gesture, motioning him to
a seat close to his own.

“I want you to see what I have to do,” he said in a rapid interjection
between one conference and another.

The last of all was a young man, studiously elegant in appearance, and
in reality, as Edgar found out afterwards, the fine gentleman of the
establishment, who had charge of the recreations of “the assistants,” or
rather the _employés_, which was the word Mr. Watson preferred. Mr.
Tottenham’s face lighted up when this functionary approached him with a
piece of paper, written in irregular lines, like a programme, in his
hand--and it was the programme of the next evening entertainment, to be
given in the shop and for the shop. Mr. Watson used no such vulgar
phraseology.

“Perhaps, Sir, you will kindly look over this, and favour us with any
hint you may think necessary?” he said. “Music is always popular, and as
we have at present a good deal of vocal talent among us, I thought it
best to utilize it. The part-songs please the young ladies, Sir. It is
the only portion of the entertainment in which they can take any active
share.”

“Then by all means let us please the ladies,” said Mr. Tottenham. “Look,
Earnshaw; this is an entertainment which we have once a month. Ah,
Watson, you are down, I see, for a solo on your instrument?”

“I find it popular, Sir,” said Mr. Watson, with a smirk. “The taste for
music is spreading. The young ladies, Sir, are anxious to know whether,
as you once were good enough to promise, her Ladyship is likely this
time to do us the honour--”

“Oh, yes, Watson; you may consider that settled; my wife is coming,”
said Mr. Tottenham. “Trial Scene in Pickwick? Yes; very well, very
well. Duet, Mr. Watson and Miss Lockwood. Ah! I have been just hearing
something about Miss Lockwood--”

“She has enemies, Sir,” said Mr. Watson, flushing all over. He was a
fair young man, and the colour showed at once in his somewhat pallid
complexion. “In an establishment like this, Sir--a little world--where
there are so many _employés_, of course, she has her enemies.”

“That may be,” said Mr. Tottenham, musing. “I have not inquired into it
yet; but in the meantime, if there is any latent scandal, wouldn’t it be
better that she took no public part?”

“Oh, of course, Sir!” cried Watson, bundling up his papers; “if she is
to be condemned unheard--”

Robinson, the respectable Member of Parliament, approached anxiously at
this.

“I assure you, Mr. Tottenham,” he cried, with a warmth of sincerity
which appeared to come from the bottom of his heart, “I don’t want to
judge Miss Lockwood, or any other young lady in the establishment; but
when things come to my ears, I can’t but take notice of them. The other
young ladies have a right to be considered.”

“It is jealousy, Sir; nothing but jealousy!” cried Watson; “because
she’s a deal more attractive than any of ’em, and gets more attention--”

“Softly, softly,” said Mr. Tottenham. “This grows serious. I don’t think
I am apt to be moved by jealousy of Miss Lockwood, eh, Watson? You may
go now, and if you know anything about the subject, I’ll see you
afterwards.”

“I know as she’s the best saleswoman, and the most ladylike-looking
young lady in the house,” cried Watson; and then he perceived his slip
of grammar, and blushed hotter than ever; for he was an ambitious young
man, and had been instructed up to the point of knowing that his native
English stood in need of improvement, and that bad grammar was against
his rising in life.

“That will do then; you can go,” said Mr. Tottenham. “Opinion is not
evidence. Come, Robinson, if it’s making a feud in the house, I had
better, I suppose, go into it at once.”

“And I, perhaps, had better withdraw too,” said Edgar, whom this strange
and sudden revelation of human tumults going on in the great house of
business had interested in spite of himself.

“Stay; you are impartial, and have an unbiassed judgment,” said Mr.
Tottenham. “Now, Robinson, let us hear what you have got to say.”

Robinson approached with a world of care upon his face. Edgar having
allowed his fancy to be taken possession of by the Member-of-Parliament
theory, could not help the notion that this good worried man had risen
to call for a Committee upon some subject involving peril to the nation,
some mysterious eruption of Jesuits or Internationalists, or Foreign
Office squabble. He was only the head of the shawl and cloak department
in Tottenham’s; but it is quite marvellous how much humanity resembles
itself, though the circumstances were so unlike.

Mr. Robinson had not much more than begun his story. He was in the
preamble, discoursing, as his prototype in the House of Commons would
have done, upon the general danger to society which was involved in
carelessness and negligence of one such matter as that he was about to
bring before the House--when a tap was heard at the door, a little sharp
tap, half defiant, half coquettish, sounding as if the applicant, while
impatient for admittance, might turn away capriciously, when the door
was opened. Both the judge and the prosecutor evidently divined at once
who it was.

“Come in,” said Mr. Tottenham; “Come in!” for the summons was not
immediately obeyed.

Then there entered a--person, to use the safe yet not very respectful
word which Mr. J. S. Mill rescued from the hands of flunkeys and
policemen--a female figure, to speak more romantically, clad in elegant
black silken robes, very well made, with dark hair elaborately dressed;
tall, slight, graceful, one of those beings to be met with everywhere in
the inner recesses of great shops like Tottenham’s, bearing all the
outward aspect of ladies, moving about all day long upon rich carpets,
in a warm luxurious atmosphere, “trying on” one beautiful garment after
another, and surveying themselves in great mirrors as they pass and
repass. The best of feminine society ebbs and flows around these
soft-voiced and elegant creatures--duchesses, princesses, who look like
washerwomen beside them, and young girls often not more pretty or
graceful. They are the Helots of the female fashionable world, and, at
the same time, to some degree, its despots; for does not many a dumpy
woman appear ridiculous in the elegant garb which was proved before her
eyes so beautiful and becoming upon the slim straight form of the “young
person” who exhibited and sold if?

Miss Lockwood entered, with her head well up, in one of the attitudes
which are considered most elegant in those pretty coloured pictures of
the “Modes,” which, to her class of young ladies, are as the Louvre and
the National Gallery thrown into one. She was no longer, except from a
professional point of view, to be considered absolutely as a “young
lady.” Her face, which was a handsome face, was slightly worn, and her
age must have been a year or two over thirty; but, as her accuser
admitted, and as her defender asserted, a more “ladylike-looking”
person, or a better figure for showing off shawl or mantle had never
been seen in Tottenham’s or any other house of business. This was her
great quality. She came in with a little sweep and rustle of her long
black silken train; her dress, like her figure, was her stock-in-trade.

“Oh, I beg your pardon,” she said in an abrupt yet airy tone, angry yet
sensible withal of those personal advantages which made it something of
a joke that anyone should presume to find fault with her. “I hear my
character is being taken away behind my back, and I have come, please,
to defend myself.”

Edgar looked at this kind of being, which was new to him, with a mixture
of feelings. She had the dress and appearance of a lady, and she was
unquestionably a woman, though she would have scorned so common a name.
He rose from his seat when she came in with the intention of getting a
chair for her, as he would have done to any other lady, but was
deterred, he could scarcely tell why, by her own air and that of the
other two men who looked at her without budging.

“Sit down, sit down,” said Mr. Tottenham hastily, aside to him, “of
course I know what you mean, but that sort of thing does not do. It
makes them uncomfortable; sit down; she will give us trouble enough, you
will see.”

Edgar, however, could not go so far as to obey. He kept standing, and he
saw the new-comer look at him, and look again with a lighting up of her
face as though she recognised him. So far as he was aware he had never
seen her before in his life.

“Miss Lockwood, I do not think this is how you should speak,” said her
employer, “you know whether I am in the habit of permitting anybody’s
character to be taken away, without giving the accused full opportunity
to defend themselves.”

“Oh yes, Sir, to defend themselves,” she said with a toss of her head,
“after all the harm’s done, and things has been said that can’t be
unsaid. You know as well as I do, Sir, it’s all up with a young lady
the moment things has been spoke of publicly against her.”

“I hope not so bad as that,” said Mr. Tottenham mildly. He was a little
afraid of the young lady, and so was the worthy parliamentary Robinson,
who had withdrawn a step behind backs, when interrupted in his speech.

“Well, Mr. Tottenham! and what does it mean, Sir, when you put a stop to
my duet, me and Mr. Watson’s duet, and say it’s best I shouldn’t take
part publicly? Isn’t that judging me, Sir, before ever hearing me--and
taking all the stories as is told against me for true?”

“I know none of the stories yet,” said Mr. Tottenham, “pray compose
yourself. Mr. Robinson was going to explain to me; but as you are here,
if it will at all save your feelings, I am quite ready to hear your
story first.”

“Mr. Tottenham, Sir!” said Mr. Robinson, roused to speech.

“Well! you can have no motive, and I can have no motive, but to come to
the truth. Take a seat, Miss Lockwood, I will not keep you standing; and
begin--

“Begin what?” the young woman faltered. “Oh, I am not going to be the
one to begin,” she said saucily, “nobody’s obliged to criminate himself.
And how can I tell what my enemies are saying against me? They must
speak first.”

“Then, Robinson, do you begin,” said the master; but it was easier in
this case to command than to obey. Robinson shifted from one foot to the
other, he cleared his throat, he rubbed his hands. “I don’t know that I
can, before her,” he said hoarsely, “I have daughters of my own.”

“I knew,” said the culprit in triumphant scorn, “that you daren’t make
up any of your stories before my face!”

Robinson restrained himself with an effort. He was a good man, though
the fuss of the incipient scandal was not disagreeable to him.
“It’s--it’s about what is past, Sir,” he said hurriedly, “there is no
reflection on Miss Lockwood’s conduct now. I’d rather not bring it all
up here, not before strangers.”

“You may speak before as many strangers as you please, I sha’n’t mind,”
said the accused, giving Edgar a glance which bewildered him, not so
much for the recognition which was in it, as for a certain confidence
and support which his appearance seemed to give her. Mr. Tottenham drew
him aside for a moment, whispering in his ear.

“She seems to know you, Earnshaw?”

“Yes; but I don’t know how. I never saw her before.”

“I wonder--perhaps, if I were to take Robinson away and hear his
story--while you might hear what she has to say?”

“I? But indeed I don’t know her, I assure you I have never seen her
before,” said Edgar in dismay.

“Never mind, she knows you. She is just the sort of person to prefer to
confide in one whom she does not see every day. I’ll leave you with
her, Earnshaw. Perhaps it will be best if you step this way, Robinson;
I shall hear what you have to say here.”

Robinson followed his superior promptly into a smaller room. Edgar was
left with the culprit; and it is scarcely possible to realize a less
comfortable position. What was he to do with her? He was not acquainted
either with her or her class; he did not know how to address her. She
looked like a lady, but yet was not a lady, and for the present moment
she was on her trial. Was he to laugh, as he felt inclined to do, at the
shabby trick his friend had played him, or was he to proceed gravely
with his mission? Miss Lockwood solved this question for herself.



CHAPTER XVIII.

Two Culprits on their Trial.


“You’re surprised, Sir, that a stranger should be so ready to speak up
to you,” said Miss Lockwood, “you don’t know me from Adam? but I know
you. You are the gentleman that was in the great Arden case, the
gentleman as gave up. You wouldn’t think it, but I am mixed up with the
Ardens too; and as soon as I set eyes upon you, I said to myself, ‘Here
is one that will help me to my rights.’”

“Have you, too, rights that involve the Ardens?” said Edgar, startled
yet half amused. “Alas, I fear I cannot help you. If you know my story
you must know I am no Arden, and have no influence with the family one
way or another.”

“You mightn’t have influence, Sir, but you might hate ’em--as I do,” she
said, with a gleam in her eyes which changed the character of her
otherwise commonplace though handsome countenance.

“Hate them!” cried Edgar, still more startled. “Why, this is a tragical
way of approaching the subject. What have the Ardens done to you that
you should hate them?”

“That’s my story,” said Miss Lockwood, meeting him full with a steadfast
look in her eyes, which bewildered Edgar still more. She had taken a
seat, and the two sat looking at each other across Mr. Tottenham’s
writing table. Edgar had not even heard the name of Arden for years
past, and nothing was further from his thoughts on entering this most
commonplace of scenes, the great shop, than to be thrown back into his
own past life, by the touch of one of the young ladies in the shawl and
mantle department. His curiosity was awakened, but not in any high
degree, for it was absurd to suppose that a shopwoman in Tottenham’s
could have any power to affect the Ardens one way or another. He felt
that this must be a tempest in a teacup, some trifling supposed
injustice, something, perhaps, about a cottage on the estate, or the
rancour of a dismissed servant; for he had heard vaguely that there had
been considerable changes.

“I am afraid I cannot sympathize with you in hating the Ardens,” he
said; “if you know so much about me, you must know that I was brought up
to regard Mrs. Arden as my sister, which I still do, notwithstanding the
change of circumstances; and no one connected with her can be to me an
object of hate.”

“_Mrs._ Arden, indeed!” said Miss Lockwood with contemptuous emphasis,
tossing her handsome head.

“Yes. What has Mrs. Arden done to you?” said Edgar, half angry, half
amused with what seemed to him the impotent spitefulness; the absurdity
of the woman’s scorn struck him with ludicrous effect; and yet a certain
uneasiness was in the puzzle. Clare Arden had never possessed that
natural instinctive courtesy which makes dependents friends. Probably
she had wounded the _amour propre_ of the shopwoman; but then no doubt
shopwomen have to make up their minds to such wounds, and Mrs. Arden was
much too well bred and much too proud to have gone out of her way to
annoy a young lady at Tottenham’s--any offence given or taken must have
been a mere inadvertence, whatever it was.

“Done to me? Oh, she haven’t done nothing to me, not meaningly, poor
creature,” said Miss Lockwood. “Poor thing! it’s me that has that in my
power, not her.”

“I wish you would tell me,” said Edgar seriously, leaning across the
table towards her with deepened interest and a certain alarm, “I entreat
you to tell me what you mean. You are right in thinking that no subject
could be more interesting to me.”

“Ah! but it ain’t, perhaps, the kind of interest I expected,” said Miss
Lockwood with coquettish familiarity, pushing back her chair. She
belonged to the class of women who delight to make any conversation,
however trivial or however important, bear the air of a flirtation. She
was quite ready to play with her present companion, to excite and
tantalize his curiosity, to laugh at him, and delude him, if fortune
favoured her. But a chance altogether unforeseen interrupted this not
unpleasant operation, and threw Miss Lockwood and her mystery into, the
shade. When the conversation had advanced thus far, a new personage
suddenly appeared on the scene. With a little preliminary knock, but
without waiting for any invitation, a lady opened the door, the sight of
whom drove even Clare Arden out of Edgar’s mind. She was no longer
young, and her days of possible beauty were over. At sight of her Edgar
rose to his feet, with a sudden cry.

For a moment the new-comer stood still at the door, looking at the
unexpected scene. Her face was care-worn, and yet it was kind, revealing
one of those mixtures of two beings which are to be seen so often in
society--the kind, genial, gentle woman made by nature, with the
conventional great lady, formed for her position, and earnestly striving
as her highest duty to shape herself into the narrowness and worldliness
which it demanded. This curious development of mingled good and evil has
not, perhaps, had so much notice as it deserves from the observer. We
are all acquainted with characters in which a little germ of goodness
strives against natural dispositions which are not amiable; but the
other compound is not less true, if perhaps more rare. Lady Augusta
Thornleigh, who was Lady Mary Tottenham’s sister, was born one of the
kindest souls that ever drew breath. She had it in her even to be
“viewy” as Lady Mary was, or to be sentimentally yielding and eager for
everybody’s happiness. But all her canons of duty bound her to regard
these dispositions as weakness, almost as guilt, and represented
worldliness to her as the highest of virtues. She sighed after this as
the others sigh after the higher heights of self-denial. Her searchings
of heart were all directed (unconsciously) to make the worse appear the
better cause; she tried to be worldly, believing that was right, as
other people try to be unworldly. But I do wrong to keep Lady Augusta
standing at the door of Mr. Tottenham’s room, while I describe her
characteristics to the reader. She came in, calmly unexpectant of any
sight but that of her brother-in-law; then starting to see two people,
man and woman, seated on either side of the table with every appearance
of being engaged in interesting conversation, made a step back again,
bewildered.

“I beg your pardon, I thought Mr. Tottenham was here,” she said,
dropping her veil, which she had raised on entering. Miss Lockwood
sprang up from her chair which she pushed back with an appearance of
flurry and excitement, which was either real or very well counterfeited;
while Edgar, deeply vexed, he could scarcely have told why, to be found
thus, rose too, and approached his old friend. He would have liked to
put himself at her feet, to kiss her hand, to throw himself upon her old
kindness, if not like a son with a mother, at least like a loyal servant
of one of those queens of nature whom generous men love to serve like
sons. But he dared not do this--he dared not exceed the bounds of
conventional acquaintance. He went forward eagerly but timidly, holding
out his hands. I cannot find words to say how bewildered Lady Augusta
was by the sight of Edgar, or with what consternation she recognised
him. Whatever the motive had been which had drawn to him the attention
of the Tottenhams, Lady Augusta Thornleigh was altogether ignorant of
it. She had no expectation of seeing him, no idea that he could cross
her path again. The profound surprise, the rush of kindly feeling which
the first sight of him called forth, the thrill of terror and sense of
danger which accompanied it, made her tremble with sudden agitation.
Good heavens! what was she to do? She could not decline to recognise
him; her heart indeed yearned to him, the subject of so much misfortune;
but all the new complications that his presence would produce, rose up
before her as he approached and made her heart sick. Oh, if he would
only take the hint given in her hesitating look, and the veil which she
had dropped over her face! But Edgar was fond of his old friend. She was
the sister of his hostess, and he had felt ever since he went to
Tottenham’s that one day or other he must meet her. He tried even at
that moment to forget that she was anything beyond an old friend and
Lady Mary’s sister; he tried to put the thought out of his mind that she
was the mother of Gussy, his only love; he tried to forget the former
relations between them. He had not seen her since the day when, leaving
his former home, a nameless being, without either future or past to
console him, he had been touched to the heart by her hurried farewell.
He was then in all the excitement of a great sacrifice; he was a hero,
admired and pitied everywhere; he had been almost her son, and she had
called him Edgar, and wept over him. What a difference! he was a
stranger now, in a totally different sphere, fallen out of knowledge,
out of sympathy, no longer a hero or representing any exciting break in
the ordinary level of life; but a common man probably desirous of asking
some favour, and one for whom all his former friends must have the
troublesome sensation of feeling something ought to be done for--I do
not know if this occurred to Edgar’s mind, who was little apt to make
such claims, but it did occur to Lady Augusta.

“Is it you?--Mr. ----?” she said faltering. She was not even sure of his
new name.

“Earnshaw,” he said; “Edgar Earnshaw; you recollect me even after all
these years?”

“Oh, surely. Of course I cannot but recollect you,” she said; “but I am
taken by surprise. I did not know you were in England. I never could
have expected to find you here.”

“No,” said Edgar, chilled by her tone, and letting the hand drop which
she had given him, he felt, with hesitation. “It seems to myself the
last place in the world where I could be; but Mr. Tottenham is so kind
as to wish--”

What was Mr. Tottenham so kind as to wish? I cannot describe Lady
Augusta’s perplexity. Did it mean that Edgar had been so far reduced as
to require employment in the shop? Had he come to that--he who was all
but engaged to Gussy once? The idea gave her an indescribable shock; but
then, how foolish of Mr. Tottenham, knowing all he did of Gussy and her
obstinacy, and how she had all but broken her parents’ hearts by
refusing the best of offers, and threatened to go into a sisterhood,
and came constantly to this very place to visit and influence the “young
ladies” of the establishment! Lady Augusta grew red and grew pale in the
agitation of her feelings; but what could she say? She could not ask him
point-blank if this were so; she could not, after all these years, throw
herself once more upon his chivalry, as she had done before, and implore
him to keep out of her daughter’s way. The only way of outlet she found
for her excitement and confusion was to look severely at Miss Lockwood,
who stood with her hands folded, and an ingratiating smile on her face,
stooping slightly forward, as who should say, What can I have the
pleasure of showing your ladyship?

Lady Augusta gave this “person” a withering glance. She was indignant
with her for appearing to be on intimate terms with this man, whom, had
Lady Augusta been wise, she would have gladly married off at once to
anybody, so that he might be got out of her child’s way. But, being a
very natural woman, with a great many tender prejudices and motherly
feelings, she was a little haughty and offended that, having known
Gussy, he should decline to such a level as Miss Lockwood. Gussy was not
for him, and his very existence was a danger for her; but still, that he
should be inconstant to Gussy, was to her mother a wrong and offence.

“I fear,” she said, in her stateliest tone, “that I am interrupting
you--that you were particularly engaged.”

“Oh no, your Ladyship, nothing but what can wait,” murmured Miss
Lockwood, gliding off with a curtsey, and adding a sidelong half nod of
leave-taking to Edgar, which made him hot with anger, yet was too absurd
in its impertinence to be resented. Lady Augusta drew herself up more
and more.

“I can’t tell you how sorry I am to have interrupted a--conversation--an
interview. I expected to find my brother-in-law here.”

“Indeed, you have interrupted nothing,” said Edgar. “Mr. Tottenham, I
don’t know why, left me here with this--lady, while he went to make some
inquiries about her; he will return directly. She had offered to explain
her case, of which I knew nothing, to me,” he continued, with an
embarrassed laugh, feeling himself grow red against his will. What did
it matter to Lady Augusta whom he might converse with? But,
notwithstanding, her manner was as that of a woman offended, and forming
an unfavourable judgment, and Edgar was affected by this unspoken
judgment in spite of himself.

Then a pause ensued. Miss Lockwood had glided out of the room with her
long train rustling, but no other sound, and Lady Augusta, like other
less exalted persons, did not know what to say to carry on this curious
conversation. She was not sufficiently in friendship with Edgar to say
anything further to him on this subject, either as warning or reproving,
and there was an awkward pause. He would have liked to put a hundred
questions, but did not know how to begin.

“I hope all are well,” he said at last, with some timidity.

“Oh, quite well. There have been various changes in the family, as no
doubt you have heard; and more are in prospect,” Lady Augusta said
pointedly: “That is the worst of grown-up sons and daughters. After
twenty, their father and mother have very little enjoyment of them. I
was not aware you knew my brother-in-law.”

This she said with something of a jerk, having forestalled all possible
inquiry on Edgar’s side, as she thought.

“I only met him a few days ago,” said Edgar. “Perhaps I had better tell
you at once my position in respect to him. He has offered me the post of
tutor to his boy; and having nothing to do for the moment, poor as my
qualifications are, I have accepted it. I need not tell you, who know
them, how kind to me both he and Lady Mary have been.”

“Tutor to--his boy!” Lady Augusta repeated the words, thunderstruck.
This was something more terrible, more alarming than she had conceived
possible. “Tutor to Phil?” She did not seem able to do more than repeat
the words.

“You may well be surprised,” said Edgar, trying to laugh; “no one could
be more so than myself; but as they were so good as to overlook my
deficiencies, what could I say?”

“I was not thinking of your deficiencies. Oh! Mr. Earnshaw, oh! Edgar,
could not your old friends have helped you to something better than
this?”

Poor Lady Augusta! she was unfeignedly grieved and sorry to think of him
as a dependent. And at the same time she was struck with terror
unbounded to think that he would now be always in her way, in Gussy’s
way, never to be got rid of. She was not fond of exercising what
influence she possessed lavishly, for she had many sons and nephews; but
she began to reflect immediately what she could do to promote Edgar’s
interests. A tutor, and in Tottenham’s, for ever; or in Berkeley Square,
always at hand, never to be got rid of--

“Dear me!” she cried, “tell me whom I should speak to. We must not let
you vegetate in such a post as this.”

I don’t think Edgar had much difficulty in divining what she meant, or
which branch of the subject had most effect on her mind. And, perhaps,
he was slightly irritated by his insight, though this effect very soon
went off.

“Thank you,” he said, “for the moment I am well enough pleased with my
position. Everybody is very kind to me; and, after so long abstinence, a
little pleasant society is an agreeable change.”

He was sorry after he had said this, for he liked Lady Augusta. Her
countenance fell. She gave an alarmed glance at the door, where there
was a passing sound as of some one approaching.

“I should not have thought you would have liked it,” she said, with a
little sigh. “Do you know where Mr. Tottenham is? I want to speak to
him just for a moment. Thanks so much. I will wait here till he comes.”

“I shall attend to it--you may be sure I will attend to it,” said Mr.
Tottenham’s voice, making itself audible before he himself appeared.
“You were quite right, Robinson, quite right, and you may be sure I will
pay every attention. Ah, Lady Augusta, you here. What! and you have
found out our friend? I meant that for a little surprise to you. Yes,
here he is, and I hope to hold him fast, at least till something very
much better turns up--a thing which will happen, I am afraid, quite too
soon for us.”

“Let us hope so, for Mr. Earnshaw’s sake,” said Lady Augusta, with a
little solemnity. How different her tone was from that of her
brother-in-law! Perhaps, on the whole, her personal liking for Edgar was
stronger than his was; but there were so many things mingled with it
which made this liking impossible. Her very person seemed to stiffen as
she spoke, and she made a little pause, as Lord Newmarch had done before
pronouncing his name. “Mr.--Earnshaw.” To be sure it must be difficult,
having known him by one name to speak to him by another; but somehow
this little pause seemed to Edgar another painful reminder that he was
not as he had once been.

And then there ensued another embarrassed pause. Edgar could not say
anything, for his feelings at the moment were somewhat bitter; and as
for good Mr. Tottenham, he was perplexed and perturbed, not perceiving
any reason why his sister-in-law should put on so solemn an expression.
He had expected nothing less than to please her and all her family, by
his kindness to the man whom he persisted in considering their friend.
He was profoundly perplexed by this stiffness and air of solemnity. Had
there been some quarrel, of which he knew nothing, between them? He was
dumb in his bewilderment, and could not think of anything to say.

“Did Miss Lockwood tell you much? or was she frightened?” he said. “It
is a troublesome story, and I wish people would not be so horribly
officious in reporting everything. Did she open her heart at all to
you?”

Mr. Tottenham looked at him with calm matter-of-fact seriousness, and
Lady Augusta looked at him with suspicious disapproval. To the woman of
the world the question seemed absurd, to the man of ideas it was as
simple as daylight; between them they embarrassed the altogether
innocent third party, who had a clue to both their thoughts.

“She told me nothing,” said Edgar, “as indeed how should she, never
having spoken to me before to-day? She had seen me, she says, three
years ago, at the time of the arrangement about Arden, and she chose to
talk to me of that, heaven knows why.”

“Was that what you were talking about when I came in?” said Lady
Augusta, with a cold ring of unbelief in her tone, a tone which
irritated Edgar deeply in spite of himself.

“It was what we were talking of,” he said, concisely; and then Mr.
Tottenham felt sure there had been some previously existing quarrel of
which he knew nothing, and that his attempt to give pleasure had been so
far a failure. This momentarily discouraged him--for to do harm, where
you would fain have done good, is confusing to every well-intentioned
soul.

“Mary will be glad to hear something of your movements,” he said. “She
has been anxious for some time past to know what you were going to do.”

“I came to tell you,” said Lady Augusta. “We are in town for a few
weeks, chiefly about business, for my little Mary has made up her mind
to leave me; and as it has all been made up in a hurry, there will be a
great deal to do.”

“Made up her mind to leave you?”

“Yes, don’t you understand? She is going to marry Lord Granton, the
Marquis of Hautville’s son. Yes, you may congratulate me; it is very
pleasant, and just such a match as one could have wished; and after
Helena’s sad business,” said Lady Augusta, with a sigh, “we wanted
something to console us a little.”

“I think Helena’s was a very sensible marriage,” said Mr. Tottenham;
“just the man for her; but I am glad your pride is going to have this
salve all the same, and I daresay Mary will be delighted, for she is a
dreadful little aristocrat, notwithstanding her own foolish marriage,
and all she says.”

“If every foolish marriage ended as well as Mary’s--” said Lady
Augusta.

“Ah! you mean if every _parvenu_ was rich?” said Mr. Tottenham; “but
that, unfortunately, is past hoping for. So you have come to town for
the trousseau? I hope your Ladyship means to patronise the shop.”

“My dear Tom--” Lady Augusta began, her face clouding over.

“Before your sister’s time, I too was ashamed of the shop,” he said, “if
I am not now, it is Mary’s doing. And so her little godchild is to be a
great lady! I am very glad for your sake, Augusta, and I hope the little
thing will be happy. Does she know her own mind? I suppose Thornleigh is
very much pleased.”

“Delighted!” cried Lady Augusta, “as we all are; he is a charming
fellow, and she is as happy as the day is long.”

“Ah, we are all charming fellows, and everybody makes the best of us at
that period of our lives,” said Mr. Tottenham; “all the same I am glad
to hear everything is so pleasant. And Gussy? What does Gussy say?”

“Mr. Tottenham!” Lady Augusta cried in an indignant whisper; and then
she added, “tell Mary I shall come and tell her all about it. I must not
detain you any longer from your business. Good-bye, Mr. Earnshaw.”

“Earnshaw will see you to your carriage,” said Mr. Tottenham, “I am very
busy--don’t think me careless; and I know,” he added in a lower tone,
“you will like, when you are happy yourself, to say a kind word to an
old friend.”

Happy herself! does a woman ever inquire whether she is personally happy
or not when she has come to Lady Augusta’s age, and has a large family
to care for? She took the arm which Edgar could not but offer with an
impatient sigh.

“Mr. Earnshaw does not require to be told that I wish him everything
that is good,” she said, and allowed him to lead her out, wondering how
she should manage to warn Beatrice, her youngest daughter, who had come
with her, and who was looking at something in one of the many
departments. The young Thornleighs were all fond of Edgar, and Lady
Augusta dared not trust a young firebrand of nineteen to go and spread
the news all over the family, without due warning, that he had appeared
upon the scene again. Edgar’s short-lived anger had before this floated
away, though his heart ached at the withdrawal from him of the
friendship which had been sweet to his friendly soul. His heart melted
more and more every step he walked by her side.

“Lady Augusta,” he said at last hurriedly, “you were once as kind as an
angel to me, when I wanted it much. Don’t be afraid of me; I shall never
put myself in your way.”

“Oh, Mr. Earnshaw!” she cried, struck by compunction; “I ought to ask
your pardon, Edgar; I ought to know you better; don’t judge me harshly.
If you only knew--”

“I don’t ask to know anything,” he said, though his heart beat high, “my
sphere henceforth is very different from yours; you need have no fear of
me.”

“God bless you, whatever is your sphere! you are good, and I am sure you
will be happy!” she cried with tears in her eyes, giving him her hand as
he put her into her carriage; but then she added, “will you send some
one to call Beatrice, little Beatrice, who came with me? No, don’t go
yourself, pray don’t go--I would not give you so much trouble for the
world!”

Edgar did not feel sure whether he was most inclined to burst into rude
laughter, or to go aside to the nearest corner and dry his glistening
eyes.



CHAPTER XIX.

Schemes and Speculations.


Edgar went home in the evening, feeling a degree of agitation which he
had scarcely given himself credit for being capable of. He had been on
so low a level of feeling all these years, that he believed himself to
have grown duller and less capable of emotion, though he could not
explain to himself how it should be so. But now the stormwinds had begun
to blow, and the tide to rise. The mere sight of Lady Augusta was enough
to have brought back a crowd of sensations and recollections, and there
had lately been so many other touches upon the past to heighten the
effect of this broad gleam of light. Even the curious recognition of
him, and the apparently foolish enmity against the Ardens, which the
young lady at Tottenham’s had shown, had something to do with the
ferment of contending feelings in which he found himself. Hate them! no,
why should he hate them? But to be thus called back to the recollection
of them, and of all that he had been, had a strangely disturbing
influence upon his mind. In his aimless wanderings alone over Europe,
and in his sudden plunge into a family life quite new to him in
Scotland, he had believed himself utterly set free from all the
traditions and associations of the former existence, which was indeed
more like a chapter out of a romance than a real episode in life. Taking
it at the most, it was nothing but an episode. After years of neglected
youth, a brief breathless moment of power, independence, and a kind of
greatness, and then a sharp disruption from them all, and plunge into
obscurity again. Why should that short interval affect him more than all
the long tracts of less highly coloured life, from which it stood out
like a bit of brilliant embroidery on a sombre web? Edgar could not
tell; he felt that it did so, but he could not answer to himself why.
Mr. Tottenham talked all the way back about one thing and another, about
Miss Lockwood, and the scandal which had suddenly shocked the
establishment, about little Mary Thornleigh and her brilliant marriage,
about the evening entertainment to be given in the shop, which was quite
as important to him. Fortunately for Edgar, his companion was capable of
monologue, and went on quite pleasantly during their drive without need
of anything more than a judicious question or monosyllable of assent.

“I’ll tell you one thing, Earnshaw,” he said, “in such undertakings as
mine the great thing is never to be discouraged; never allow yourself
to be discouraged; that is my maxim; though I am not always able
to carry it out. I hope I never shall give in to say that because
things go wrong under my management, or because one meets with
disappointments--therefore things must always go wrong, and nothing
good ever come of it. Of course, look at it from a serious point of
view, concerts and penny readings, and so forth are of no importance.
That is what Gussy always tells me. She thinks religion is the only
thing; she would like to train my young ladies to find their chief
pleasure in the chapel and the daily service, like her Sisters in their
convent. I am not against Sisterhoods, Earnshaw; I should not like to
see Gussy go into one, it is true--”

“Is there any likelihood of that?” Edgar asked with a great start, which
made the light waggon they were driving in, swerve.

“Hallo! steady!” cried Mr. Tottenham, “likelihood of it? I don’t know.
She wished it at one time. You see, Earnshaw, we don’t sufficiently
understand, seeing how different they are, how much alike women are to
ourselves. I suppose there comes a time in a girl’s life, as well as in
a man’s, when she wants to be herself, and not merely her father’s
daughter. You may say she should marry in that case; but supposing she
doesn’t want to marry, or, put the case, can’t marry as she would wish?
What can she do? I think myself they overdo the devotional part; but a
Sisterhood means occupation, a kind of independence, a position of her
own--and at the same time protection from all the folly we talk about
strong-minded women.”

“But does it mean all this?” said Edgar surprised, “that is not the
ordinary view?”

“My dear fellow, the ordinary view is all nonsense. I say it’s
protection against idiotic talk. The last thing anyone thinks of is to
bring forward the strong-minded abuse in respect to a Sisterhood. But
look here; I know of one, where quite quietly, without any fuss, there’s
the Sister Doctor in full practice, looking after as many children as
would fill a good-sized village. She’s never laughed at and called Dr.
Mary, M.D.; and there’s the Sister Head-Master, with no Governing Body
to make her life miserable. They don’t put forward that view of the
subject. Possibly, for human nature is very queer, they think only of
the sacrifice, &c.; but I don’t wonder, for my part, that it’s a great
temptation to a woman. Gussy Thornleigh is twenty-five, too old to be
only her mother’s shadow; and if nothing else that she likes comes in
her way--”

Mr. Tottenham made a pause. Did he mean anything by that pause? Poor
Edgar, who felt himself to be a sport to all the wild imaginations that
can torture a man, sat silent, and felt the blood boiling in his veins
and his heart leaping in his throat. It was as well that his companion
stopped talking, for he could not have heard any voice but that of his
own nerves and pulses all throbbing and thrilling. Heaven and earth!
might it be possible that this should come about, while he, a man, able
and willing to work, to slave, to turn head and hands to any occupation
on the earth, should be hanging on helpless, unable to interfere? And
yet he had but this moment told Gussy’s mother that she need not fear
him! A strong impulse came upon him to spring down from the waggon and
walk back to town and tell Lady Augusta to fear everything, that he
would never rest nor let her rest till he won her daughter back to a
more smiling life. Alas, of all follies what could be so foolish? he,
the tutor, the dependent, without power to help either himself or her.
The waggon rushed along the dark country road, making a little circle of
light round its lamps, while the sound of the horses’ feet, and the roll
of the wheels, enveloped them in a circle of sound, separating, as it
were, this moving speck of light and motion from all the inanimate
world. It would have been as easy to change that dark indifferent sphere
suddenly into the wide and soft sympathy of a summer evening, as for
Edgar, at this period of his life, to have attempted from this hopeless
abstraction, in which he was carried along by others, to have interfered
with another existence and turned its course aside. Not now--if ever,
not yet--and, ah, when, if ever? It was a long time before he was able
to speak at all, and his companion, who thus wittingly or unwittingly,
threw such firebrands of thought into his disturbed mind was silent too,
either respectful of Edgar’s feelings, or totally unconscious of them,
he could not tell which.

“May I ask,” he inquired, after a long pause, clearing his throat, which
was parched and dry, “what was meant by ‘Helena’s sad business?’ What
has become of that Miss Thornleigh?”

“What has become of her is, that she’s married,” said Mr. Tottenham. “A
very natural thing, though Helena, I believe, was a little ashamed of
herself for giving into it. She married a man who has nothing but his
brains to recommend him--no family to speak of, and no money, which,
between ourselves, is a good deal worse. He is a professor, and a
critic, and that sort of thing--too clever for me, but he suits her
better than anyone I know. Helena is a totally different sort of person,
sure to have her own way, whatever she takes into her head. Now Gussy,
on the contrary----”

“Mr. Tottenham,” said Edgar, hoarsely, “for God’s sake, don’t say any
more.”

“Ah!” said the other; and then he added, “I beg your pardon, I beg your
pardon,” and flourished his whip in the air by way of a diversion. This
manœuvre was so successful that the party had quite enough to think of
to keep their seats, and their heads cool in case of an accident, as the
spirited beasts plunged and dashed along the remaining bit of way. “That
was as near a spill as I remember,” Mr. Tottenham said, as he threw the
reins to the groom, when, after a tearing gallop up the avenue, the bays
drew up at the door. He was flushed with the excitement and the
struggle; and whether he had put Edgar to the torture in ignorance, or
with any occult meaning, the sufferer could not discover. The momentary
gleam of danger at the end had however done even Edgar good.

Lady Mary met them at dinner, smiling and pretty, ready to lend an ear
to anything interesting that might be said, but full of her own projects
as when they left her. She had carried out her plans with the
business-like despatch which women so often excel in, and Edgar, whose
mind had been so remorselessly stirred and agitated all day, found
himself quite established as an active coadjutor in her great scheme at
night.

“I have sent a little circular to the printers,” said Lady Mary, “saying
when the German lectures would be resumed. You said Tuesday, I think,
Mr. Earnshaw? That is the day that suits us best. Several people have
been here this afternoon, and a great deal of interest has been excited
about it; several, indeed, have sent me their names already. Oh, I told
them you were working half against your will, without thinking very much
of the greatness of the object; indeed, with just a little
contempt--forgive me, Mr. Earnshaw--for this foolish fancy of women
trying to improve their minds.”

“No, only for the infinitely odd fancy of thinking I can help in the
process,” said Edgar, dragging himself, as it were, within this new
circle of fantastic light. His own miseries and excitements, heaven help
him, were fantastic enough; but how real they looked by the side of this
theoretical distress! or so at least the young man thought. I cannot
tell with what half-laughing surprise, when his mind was at ease--but
half-irritated dismay when he was troubled--he looked at this lady,
infinitely more experienced in men and society and serious life than
himself, who proposed to improve her mind by means of his German
lessons. Was she laughing at him and the world? or was it a mere fashion
of the time which she had taken up? or, most wonderful of all, was she
sincere and believing in all this? He really thought she was, and so did
she, not perceiving the curious misapprehension of things and words
involved. It is common to say that a sense of humour saves us from
exposing ourselves in many ways, yet it is amazing how little even our
sense of humour helps us to see our own graver absurdities, though it
may throw the most unclouded illumination upon those of other people.

“That is a polite way of concealing your sentiments,” said Lady Mary;
“but never mind, I am not angry. I am so sure of the rightness of the
work, and of its eventual success, that I don’t mind being laughed at.
To enlarge the sphere of ideas ever so little is an advantage worth
fighting for.”

“Very well,” said Edgar, “I am proud to be thought capable of enlarging
somebody’s sphere. What do lectures on German mean? Before I begin you
must tell me what I have to do.”

“You must teach them the language, Mr. Earnshaw.”

“Yes, but where shall we begin? with the alphabet? Must I have a
gigantic black board to write the letters on?”

“Oh, not so rudimentary as that; most of the ladies, in fact, know a
little German,” said Lady Mary. “I do myself, just enough to talk.”

“Enough to talk! I don’t know any more of English, my native tongue,”
said Edgar, “than just enough to talk.”

“Don’t laugh at me, Mr. Earnshaw. I know nothing of the grammar, for
instance. We are never taught grammar. We get a kind of knowledge of a
language, just to use it, like a tool; but what is the principle of the
tool, or how it is put together, or in what way it is related to other
tools of the same description, I know no more than Adam did.”

“She knows a great deal more than I do,” said Mr. Tottenham, admiringly.
“I never could use that sort of tool, as you call it, in my life. A
wonderfully convenient thing though when you can do it. I never was much
of a hand at languages; you should learn all that when you are quite
young, in the nursery, when it’s no trouble--not leave it till you have
to struggle with verbs, and all that sort of thing; not to say that you
never can learn a foreign language by book.”

Mr. Tottenham uttered these sentiments in a comfortable leisurely,
dressing-gown and slippers sort of way. He did not give in to these
indulgences in reality, but when he came upstairs to the drawing-room,
and stretched himself in his great chair by the fire, and felt the
luxurious warmth steal through him, after the chill of the drive and the
excitement of its conclusion, he felt that inward sense of ease and
comfort which nerves a man to utter daring maxims and lay down the law
from a genial height of good-humour and content.

“Tom!” cried Lady Mary, with impatience; and then she laughed, and
added, “barbarian! don’t throw down all my arguments in your sleepy way.
If there is anything of what you call chivalry left in the world, you
men, who are really educated and whom people have taken pains with,
ought to do your best to help us who are not educated at all.”

“O! that is the state of the case? Am I so very well educated? I did not
know it,” said Mr. Tottenham, “but you need not compel us to follow
Dogberry’s maxim, and produce our education when there’s no need for
such vanities. I have pledged you to come to the shop, Mary, on
Wednesday week. They think a great deal of securing my lady. They are
going to give the trial scene from Pickwick, which is threadbare enough,
but suits this sort of business, and there’s a performance of Watson’s
on the cornet, and a duet, and some part songs, and so forth. I daresay
it will bore you. This affair of Miss Lockwood’s is very troublesome,”
Mr. Tottenham continued, sitting upright in his chair, and knitting his
brows; “everything was working so well, and a real desire to improve
showing itself among the people. These very girls, a fortnight since,
were as much interested in the glacier theory, and as much delighted
with the snow photographs as it was possible to be; but the moment a
private question comes in, everything else goes to the wall.”

“I suppose,” said Edgar, “the fact is that we are more interested about
each other, on the whole, than in any abstract question, however
elevating.”

“Why, that is as much as to say that everything must give place to
gossip,” said Lady Mary, severely, “a doctrine I will never give in to.”

“And, by the way,” said Mr. Tottenham, sinking back into dreamy ease,
“that reminds me of your sister’s great news. What sort of a family is
it? I remember young Granton well enough, a good-looking boy in the
Guards, exactly like all the others. Little Mary is, how old?
Twenty-one? How those children go on growing. It is the first good
marriage, so to speak, in the family. I am glad Augusta is to have the
salve of a coronet after all her troubles.”

“What a mixture of metaphors!” cried Lady Mary, “the salve of a
coronet!”

“That comes of my superior education, my dear,” said Mr. Tottenham. “She
doesn’t deny it’s a comfort to her. Her eyes, poor soul, had a look of
satisfaction in them. And she has had anxiety enough of all kinds.”

“We need not discuss Augusta’s affairs, Tom,” said Lady Mary, with a
glance at Edgar, so carefully veiled that the aroused and exciting state
in which he was, made him perceive it at once. She gave her husband a
much more distinct warning glance; but he, good man, either did not, or
would not see it.

“What, not such a happy incident as this?” said Mr. Tottenham; “the
chances are we shall hear of nothing else for some time to come. It will
be in the papers, and all your correspondents will send you
congratulations. After all, as Earnshaw says, people are more interested
about each other than about any abstract question. I should not wonder
even, if, as one nail knocks out another, little Mary’s great marriage
may banish the scandal about Miss Lockwood from the mind of the shop.”

Lady Mary for some seconds yielded to an impulse quite unusual to her.
“What can the shop possibly have to do--” she began, hastily, “with the
Thornleigh affairs?” she added, in a subdued tone. “If it was our own
little Molly, indeed, whom they all know--”

“My dear Mary, they interest themselves in all your alliances,” said Mr.
Tottenham, “and you forget that Gussy is as well known among them as you
are. Besides, as Earnshaw says--Don’t go, Earnshaw; the night is young,
and I am unusually disposed for talk.”

“So one can see,” said Lady Mary, under her breath, with as strong an
inclination to whip her husband as could have been felt by the most
uncultivated of womankind. “Come and look at my prospectus and the
course of studies we are arranging for this winter, Mr. Earnshaw. Some
of the girls might be stirred up to go in for the Cambridge
examinations, I am sure. I want you so much to come to the village with
me, and be introduced to a few of them. There is really a great deal of
intelligence among them; uneducated intelligence, alas! but under good
guidance, and with the help which all my friends are so kindly willing
to give--”

“But please remember,” cried Edgar, struggling for a moment on the edge
of the whirlpool, “that I cannot undertake to direct intelligence. I can
teach German if you like--though probably the first German governess
that came to hand would do it a great deal better.”

“Not so, indeed; the Germans are, perhaps, better trained in the theory
of education than we are; but no woman I have ever met had education
enough herself to be competent to teach in a thoroughly effective way,”
cried Lady Mary, mounting her steed triumphantly. Edgar sat down humbly
by her, almost forgetting, in his sense of the comical position which
fate had placed him in, the daily increasing embarrassments which filled
his path. All the Universities put together could scarcely have made up
as much enthusiasm for education as shone in Lady Mary’s pretty eyes,
and poured from her lips in floods of eloquence. Mr. Tottenham, who
leaned back in his chair abstractedly, and pondered his plans for the
perfection of the faulty and troublesome little society in the shop,
took but little notice, being sufficiently occupied with views of his
own; but Edgar felt his own position as a superior being, and
representative of the highest education, so comical, that it was all he
could do to keep his gravity. To guide the eager uneducated
intelligence, to discipline the untrained thought, nay, to teach women
to think, in whose hands he, poor fellow, felt himself as a baby, was
about the most ludicrous suggestion, he felt, that could have been made
to him. But nothing could exceed the good faith and earnestness with
which Lady Mary expounded her plans, and described the results she hoped
for. This was much safer than the talk about little Mary Thornleigh’s
marriage--or the unexplainable reasons which kept Gussy Thornleigh from
marrying at all--or any other of those interesting personal problems
which were more exciting to the mind, and much less easily discussed.



CHAPTER XX.

The Village.


The next afternoon was appointed by Lady Mary as the time at which Edgar
should accompany her to Harbour Green, and be made acquainted with at
least a portion of his future pupils. As I have said, this was a safe
sort of resource, and he could not but feel that a compassionate
understanding of his probable feelings, and difficulties of a more
intimate kind, had something to do with Lady Mary’s effort to enlist him
so promptly and thoroughly in the service of her scheme. Both husband
and wife, however, in this curious house were so thoroughly intent upon
their philanthropical schemes, that it was probably mere supererogation
to add a more delicate unexpressed motive to the all-sufficing
enthusiasm which carried them forward. Shortly, however, before the hour
appointed, a little twisted note was brought to him, postponing till the
next day the proposed visit to the village, and Edgar was left to
himself to pursue his own studies on Phil’s behalf, whose education he
felt was quite enough responsibility for one so little trained in the
art of conveying instruction as he was. Phil had already favoured him
with one of those engrossing and devoted attachments which are so
pleasant, yet sometimes so fatiguing to the object. He followed Edgar
about wherever he went, watched whatever he did with devout admiration,
and copied him in such minute matters as were easily practicable, with
the blindest adoration. The persistence with which he quoted Mr.
Earnshaw had already become the joke of the house, and with a devotion
which was somewhat embarrassing he gave Edgar his company continually,
hanging about him wherever he was. As Edgar read Lady Mary’s note which
the boy brought to him, Phil volunteered explanations.

“I know why mamma wrote you that note,” he said, “it’s because Aunt
Augusta is there. I heard them saying--

“Never mind what you heard them saying,” said Edgar; and then he yielded
to a movement of nature. “Was your aunt alone, Phil?” he asked--then
grew crimson, feeling his weakness.

“How red your face is, Mr. Earnshaw, are you angry? No, I don’t think
she was alone; some of the girls were with her. Mamma said she was
engaged to you, and they made her give it up.”

“Naturally,” said Edgar, “any day will do for me. What do you say now,
Phil, as I am free for the afternoon, to a long walk?”

“Hurrah!” cried the boy, “I wanted so much to go up to the gamekeeper’s,
up through the woods to see the last lot of puppies. Do you mind
walking that way? Oh, thanks, awfully! I am so much obliged to Aunt
Augusta for stopping mamma.”

“Come along then,” said Edgar. He was glad to turn his back on the
house, though he could not but look back as he left, wondering whether,
at any moment at any door or window, the face might appear which he had
not seen for so long--the face of his little love, whom he had once
loved but lightly, yet which seemed to fix itself more vividly in his
recollection every day. He could not sit still and permit himself to
think that possibly she was in the same house with him, within reach,
that he might hear at any moment the sound of her voice. No, rather,
since he had given his voluntary promise to her mother, and since he was
so far separated from her by circumstances, rather hurry out of the
house and turn his back upon a possibility which raised such a tumult in
his heart. He breathed more freely when he was out of doors, in the damp
wintry woods, with Phil, who kept close by his side, carrying on a
monologue very different in subject, but not so different in character
from his father’s steady strain of talk. There is a certain charm in
these wintry woods, the wet greenness of the banks, the mournful
stillness of the atmosphere, the crackle of here and there a dropping
branch, the slow sailing through the air now and then of a leaf, falling
yellow and stiff from the top of a bough. Edgar liked the covert and the
companionship of trees, which were denuded like himself of all that had
made life brave and fair. The oaks and beeches, stiffening in their
faded russet and yellow, stood against the deep green of the pine and
firs, like forlorn old beauties in rustling court dresses of a worn-out
fashion; the great elms and spare tall poplars spread their intricate
lacework of branches against the sky; far in the west the sun was still
shining, giving a deep background of red and gold to the crowded groups
of dry boughs. The rustle of some little woodland animal warmly furred
among the fallen leaves and decaying husks, the crackling of that branch
which always breaks somewhere in the silence, the trickle of water,
betraying itself by the treacherous greenness of the mossy grass--these
were all the sounds about, except their own footsteps, and the clear
somewhat shrill voice of the boy, talking with cheerful din against
time, and almost making up for the want of the birds, so much did his
cheerful aimless chatter resemble their sweet confusion of song and
speech, the ordinary language of the woods.

“I could hit that squirrel as easy as look at him. I bet you a shilling
I could! only just look here, cocking his shining eye at us, the cheeky
little brute! Here goes!”

“Don’t,” said Edgar, “how should you like it if some Brobdingnagian
being took a shot at you? What do you think, Phil--were those ladies
going to stay?”

“Those ladies?” cried Phil in amazement, for indeed they were dragged in
without rhyme or reason in the middle of the woods and of their walk.
“Do you mean Aunt Augusta and the girls? Oh, is that all? No, I don’t
suppose so. Should you mind? They’re jolly enough you know, after all,
not bad sort of girls, as girls go.”

“I am glad you give so good an account of them,” said Edgar, amused in
spite of himself.

“Oh, not half bad sort of girls! nicer a great deal than the ones from
the Green, who come up sometimes. But, I say, Myra Witherington’s an
exception. She _is_ fun; you should see her do old Jones, or the Rector;
how you would laugh! Once I saw her do papa. I don’t think she meant it;
she just caught his very tone, and the way he turns his head, all in a
moment; and then she flushed up like fire and was in such a fright lest
we should notice. Nobody noticed but me.”

“Your cousins, I suppose, are not so clever as that,” said Edgar,
humouring the boy, and feeling himself as he did so, the meanest of
household spies.

“It depends upon which it is. Mary is fun, the one that’s going to be
married,” said Phil, “I suppose _that_ will spoil her; and Bee is not
bad. She ain’t so clever as Mary, but she’s not bad. Then there’s Gussy,
is a great one for telling stories; she’s capital when it rains and one
can’t get out. She’s almost as good as the lady with the funny name in
the Arabian Nights.”

“Does she often come here?” said Edgar with a tremble in his voice.

“They say she’s going to be a nun,” said Phil; “how funny people are! I
can’t fancy Cousin Gussy shut up in a convent, can you? I’d rather
marry, like Mary, some great swell; though they are never any fun after
they’re married,” Phil added parenthetically with profound gravity. As
for Edgar he was in no humour to laugh at this precocious wisdom. He
went straight on, taking the wrong way, and scarcely hearing the shouts
of the boy who called him back. “This is the way to the gamekeeper’s,”
cried Phil, “Mr. Earnshaw, where were you going? You look as if you had
been set thinking and could not see the way.”

How true it was; he had been set thinking, and he knew no more what road
he was going than if he had been blindfolded. Years after, the damp
greenness of the fading year, the songless season, the bare branches
against the sky, would bring to Edgar’s mind the moment when he shot off
blankly across the path in the wood at Tottenham’s, not knowing and not
caring where he went.

Next day Lady Mary fulfilled her promise. She drove him down in her own
pony carriage to the village, and there took him upon a little round of
calls. They went to the Rectory, and to Mrs. Witherington’s, and to the
Miss Bakers who were great authorities at Harbour Green. The Rector was
a large heavy old man, with heavy eyes, who had two daughters, and had
come by degrees (though it was secretly said not without a struggle) to
be very obedient to them. He said, “Ah, yes, I dare say you are right,”
to everything Lady Mary said, and gave Edgar a little admonition as to
the seriousness of the work he was undertaking. “Nothing is more
responsible, or more delicate than instructing youth,” said the Rector,
“for my part I am not at all sure what it is to come to. The maids know
as much now as their mistresses used to do, and as for the mistresses I
do not know where they are to stop.”

“But you would not have us condemned to ignorance, papa,” said one of
his daughters.

“Oh, no, I should not take it upon me to condemn you to anything,” said
the old man with his quavering voice, “I hope only that you may not find
you’ve gone further than you had any intention of going, before you’ve
done.”

This somewhat vague threat was all he ventured upon in the way of
remonstrance; but he did not give any encouragement, and was greatly
afraid of the whole proceeding as revolutionary, and of Lady Mary
herself, as a dangerous and seditious person sowing seeds of rebellion.
Mrs. Witherington, to whom they went next, was scarcely more
encouraging. Her house was a large Queen Anne house, red brick, with a
pediment surmounting a great many rows of twinkling windows. It fronted
to the Green, without any grassplot or ornamental shrubs in front; but
with a large well-walled garden behind, out of which rich branches of
lilac and laburnum drooped in spring, and many scents enriched the air.
The rooms inside were large, but not very lofty, and the two
drawing-rooms occupied the whole breadth of the house, one room looking
to the Green and the other to the garden. There were, or ought to have
been folding doors between, but these were never used, and the opening
was hung with curtains instead, curtains which were too heavy, and
over-weighted the rooms. But otherwise the interior was pretty, with
that homely gracefulness, familiar and friendly, which belongs to the
dwelling of a large family where everyone has his, or rather her,
habitual concerns and occupations. The front part was the most cheerful,
the back the finest. There a great mirror was over the mantelpiece, but
here the late Colonel’s swords, crossed, held the place of honour. The
visitors entered through this plainer room, which acted as ante-chamber
to the other, and where Mrs. Witherington was discovered, as in a scene
at the theatre, seated at a writing table with a pile of tradesmen’s
books before her. She was a tall spare woman, having much more the
aspect which is associated with the opprobrious epithet, old maid, than
that which traditionally ought to belong to the mother of nine
children--all except the four daughters who remained at home--out and
about in the world. She had three sons who were scattered in the
different corners of the earth, and two daughters married, one of whom
was in India, and the other a consul’s wife in Spain. The young ladies
at home were the youngest of the family, and were, the two married
daughters said to each other when they met, which was very seldom, “very
differently brought up from what we were, and allowed a great deal too
much of their own way.” Neither of these ladies could understand what
mamma could be thinking of to indulge those girls so; but Mrs.
Witherington was by no means an over-indulgent person by nature, and I
think she must have made up her mind that to indulge the vagaries of
the girls was safest on the whole and most conducive to domestic peace.

Fortunately each of these young women had a “way” of her own, except
Myra, the youngest, who was the funny one, whom Phil and most boys
admired. The others were--Sissy, who was understood to have a suspended
love affair, suspended in consequence of the poverty of her lover, from
which she derived both pain and pleasure, so to speak; for her sisters,
not to speak of the other young ladies of the Green, undoubtedly looked
up to her in consequence, and gave her a much more important place in
their little world than would have been hers by nature; and Marian, who
was the musical sister, who played “anything” at sight, and was good for
any amount of accompaniments, and made an excellent second in a duet;
and Emma, who was the useful one of the family, and possessed the
handsome little sewing-machine in the corner, at which she executed
yards upon yards of stitching every day, and made and mended for the
establishment. Sissy, in addition to having a love affair, drew; so that
these three sisters were all well defined, and distinct. Only Myra was
good for nothing in particular. She was the youngest, long the baby, the
pet of the rest, who had never quite realized the fact that she was no
longer a child. Myra was saucy and clever, and rather impertinent, and
considered a wit in her own family. Indeed they all had been accustomed
to laugh at Myra’s jokes, almost as long as they could recollect, and
there is nothing that establishes the reputation of a wit like this.
Mrs. Witherington was alone in the ante-room, as I have said, when Lady
Mary entered, followed by Edgar. She rose somewhat stiffly to meet her
visitors, for she too being of the old school disapproved of Lady Mary,
who was emphatically of the new school, and a leader of all innovations;
though from the fact of being Lady Mary, she was judged more leniently
than a less distinguished revolutionary would have been. Mrs.
Witherington made her greetings sufficiently loud to call the attention
of all the daughters, who came in a little crowd, each rising from her
corner to hail the great lady. One of them drew the cosiest chair near
the fire for her, another gave her an embroidered hand-screen to shield
her face from its glow, and the third hung about her in silent
admiration, eagerly looking for some similar service to render. Myra
followed last of all, rushing audibly downstairs, and bursting into the
room with eager exclamations of pleasure.

“I saw the pony-carriage at the Rectory gate, and I hoped you were
coming here,” cried Myra; who stopped short suddenly, however, and
blushed and laughed at sight of the stranger whom she had not perceived.

“This is Mr. Earnshaw, Myra,” said Lady Mary, “whom I told you of--who
is going to be so good as to teach us. I am taking him to see some of
the ladies whom he is to help to educate.”

“Please don’t convey a false impression,” said Edgar. “You are all a
hundred times better educated than I am. I don’t make any such
pretensions.”

“We are not educated at all,” said Sissy Witherington, folding her
hands, with a soft sigh. She said it because Lady Mary said it, and
because soft sighs were the natural expression of a young heart
blighted; but I don’t think she would have liked to hear the same
sentiment from any one else.

“Indeed, I think it is extremely disagreeable of you all to say so,”
said Mrs. Witherington, “and a reflection on your parents, who did the
very best they could for you. I am sure your education, which you
despise so, cost quite as much, at least for the last year or two, as
the boys’ did. I beg your pardon, Lady Mary--but I do think it is a
little hard upon the older people, all these fine ideas that are being
put into the girls’ heads.”

“But, dear Mrs. Witherington, how could you help it?” said the rebel
chief. “The very idea of educating women is a modern invention; nobody
so much as thought of it in the last generation. Women have never been
educated. My mother thought exactly the same as you do. There was
absolutely _no_ education for women in her day.”

“Well,” said Mrs. Witherington, more erect than ever, “I had an idea
once that I myself was an educated person, and I daresay so had the
countess--till my children taught me better.”

“I declare it is hard on mamma,” cried Myra; “the only one among us who
can write a decent hand, or do anything that’s useful.”

“Of course nobody means that,” said Lady Mary. “What I say is that every
generation ought to improve and make progress, if there is to be any
amelioration in the world at all; and as, fortunately, there has sprung
up in our day an increased perception of the advantages of education--”

Here Emma’s sewing-machine came to a little knot, and there was a sharp
click, and the thread broke. “Oh, that comes of talking!” said Emma, as
she set herself to pull out the ravelled thread and set it right again.
She was not accustomed to take much share in the conversation, and this
was her sole contribution to it while the visitors remained.

“Well, a sewing-machine is a wonderful invention,” said Mrs.
Witherington; “don’t you think so, Mr. Earnshaw? Not that I like the
work much myself. It is always coarse and rough on the wrong side, and
you can’t use it for fine things, such as baby’s things, for instance;
but certainly the number of tucks and flounces that you can allow
yourself, knowing that the machine will do dozens in a day, is
extraordinary. And in a house where there are so many girls!--Emma does
a great deal more with her machine, I am sure, than ever Penelope did,
who was one of your classical friends, Lady Mary.”

“And she can undo her work still more quickly,” cried Myra, with an
outburst of laughter, “as it’s only chain-stitch. What a pity Penelope
did not know of it.”

“But then the question is,” said Sissy, “whether we are so very much
the better for having more tucks and flounces. (By the way, no one wears
tucks now, mamma.) The good of a sewing machine is that it leaves one
much more time for improving one’s mind.”

“In my day,” said Mrs. Witherington, going on with her private argument,
“we had our things all made of fine linen, instead of the cotton you
wear now, and trimmed with real lace instead of the cheap imitation
trash that everybody has. We had not so much ornament, but what there
was, was good. My wedding things were all trimmed with real Mechlin
_that_ broad--”

“That must have been very charming,” said Lady Mary; “but in the
meantime we must settle about our work. Mr. Earnshaw is willing to give
us an hour on Tuesdays. Should you all come? You must not undertake it,
if it will interfere with other work.”

“Oh yes, I want to know German better,” said Sissy. “It would be very
nice to be able to speak a little, especially if mamma goes abroad next
summer as she promises. To know a language pretty well is so very
useful.”

Lady Mary made a little gesture of despair with her pretty hands. “Oh,
my dear girls,” she said, “how are you ever to be thoroughly educated if
you go on thinking only of what’s useful, and to speak a little German
when you go abroad? What is wanted is to make you think--to train your
minds into good methods of work--to improve you altogether mentally, and
give you the exactness of properly cultivated intellects; just the
thing that we women never have.”

Myra was the only one who had courage enough to reply, which she did
with such a good hearty ringing peal of laughter as betrayed Edgar out
of the gravity becoming the situation. Myra thought Lady Mary’s address
the best joke in the world.



CHAPTER XXI.

Wisdom and Foolishness.


“It is astonishing,” said Lady Mary, mournfully, “how entirely one is
misunderstood in all one’s deeper meanings--even by those one has, so to
speak, trained one’s self.”

“Yes,” said Edgar, hesitating, with the modesty that became his humble
pretensions; “but, after all, to desire a piece of knowledge because it
is useful, is not an unworthy sentiment.”

“Oh, no, not at all an unworthy sentiment; indeed, very right in its
way; but totally subversive,” said Lady Mary, sadly, “of the highest
principle of education, which aims at thorough cultivation of the mind
rather than at conferring certain commonplace matter-of-fact
acquirements. Considered in that point of view, professional education
would be the highest, which I don’t think it is. Unless education is
prized for itself, as a discipline of the mind, and not merely as
teaching us some things we don’t know, we can never reach the highest
level; and that truth, alas!” Lady Mary sighed, still more sadly, with
all the disappointment of a baffled reformer, “women have not even begun
to perceive. You laugh, Mr. Earnshaw, but, for my part, I cannot
laugh.”

Edgar made the best apology he could for his untimely merriment. He was
very much inclined to adopt the primitive Adamic argument, and declare
that it was Myra’s fault; but either high principle, or terror of Lady
Mary (I think the latter) intervened, and he refrained from thus
committing himself. They walked along the sunny side of the Green
together, the ponies having been sent home on account of the cold. It
was a pretty place, like a village of romance, a succession of irregular
houses surrounding a large triangular green, which was very green, and
very well kept, and almost entirely appropriated to the gentry, though
now and then a ragged donkey of the lower classes would graze peaceably
in a corner, to the great advantage, pictorially, of the scene. Some of
the houses were, like Mrs. Witherington’s, of Queen Anne’s time, not
antique, but pleasantly old-fashioned and characteristic; others were
white cottages, half hid in shrubberies. In one, which was very red, and
very close upon the road, and had its rows of windows still more crowded
than the others--a thin house, only one room in depth, with a very
brightly polished brass knocker, and very white steps--there were signs
of confusion which caught Lady Mary’s eye. She explained to Edgar that
it was the doctor’s house, that he was going away, which was not much
loss, as he was an old-fashioned man of the old school, and did not keep
pace with the times; and that she trusted the new man, who was coming
from Scotland, would be better. Edgar listened politely, without paying
much attention, for, in his ignorance, he did not feel much interest in
the new doctor.

“I must ask Miss Annetta about him,” said Lady Mary, as she led the way
into a house which turned only its gable to the Green, and possessed a
carriage drive and a wilderness of lofty shrubs. The cottage itself was
damp and weedy, and rather dark, with blinds and curtains half drawn
over the little windows, and a sort of dim religious light, green in
tone, and very limited in degree, pervading the place. When Edgar’s eyes
became accustomed to it, he saw that the little drawing-room was
plastered over with corner cupboards, and velvet-covered shelves, and
brackets, laden with old china and other curious things. The room was so
crowded with these ornaments, and with old furniture, that it was
scarcely possible to move without displacing something--a drawback which
was all the more apparent, as both the Miss Bakers were large persons,
many sizes too big for their house. They were not a well-matched pair.
The eldest was a harsh-featured woman, looking fully forty-five, and
calling herself so, with a total disregard to the feelings of Miss
Annetta, who, all the world knew, was but two years younger. Miss Baker
was clever, and the other was silly; but yet Miss Annetta was the most
calculated to attract the attention of the sympathetic spectator, who
could either laugh at her, or weep over her, as his nature prompted. She
had no remnant of youth in the foolish face that had once been pretty
enough; but her entire development, mental and moral, seemed to have
been arrested when she was about seventeen, at the age when croquet (if
croquet existed--I am afraid it did not exist at so early a period) and
new patterns for worsted work, and crochet, were the furthest limits of
her desires. Poor soul! to look at her, she was forty-three, _bien
sonnés_, but to listen to her soft little voice and its prattle, she was
seventeen, not a day more. This curious fossilised girl was left to
Edgar’s share in the heat of the conversation, which immediately ensued
between Lady Mary and Miss Baker--who sympathised deeply on the
educational question, and had a great deal to say to each other.

After Edgar had been introduced as being “so good as to be disposed to
help” in the great work, he was for the moment forgotten, while the two
ladies talked of committees and schemes of lectures, and a great many
things which he felt to be quite above his humble intelligence. Miss
Annetta was exactly in the same position. The talk was a great deal too
old and too serious for her. She sat silent for a minute or two, feeling
somewhat coy of addressing that wonder and mystery, “a gentleman,”
giving him little looks, half-saucy, half-timid, and betraying an
inclination to go off into giggles of laughter, which filled Edgar with
the gravest surprise. Finally, she made a bold step, and addressed him,
giving the curls which she wore on each side of her face a little shake
and toss of conscious attractiveness before she began.

“You have not been long in the neighbourhood, Mr. Earnshaw? Do say you
like it. Dear Lady Mary makes Tottenham so charming, _so_ charming! It
is such an acquisition having her. Have you had nice skating lately? I
hear some of the young ladies from the Green have been at the pond. I
have not gone yet myself, for I don’t skate, though everybody does
now-a-days. They tell me I should learn directly if I only had the
courage to try; but I am such a little coward, I really daren’t venture.
Of course you will laugh at me; but I dare not. I really haven’t the
courage.”

“I am not at all surprised that you have not the courage,” said Edgar,
looking at her smiling face, and much disturbed in his mind as to what
to say. “One must make up one’s mind to a good many tumbles; which are
all very well for boys and girls--”

“Oh, I shouldn’t like that,” cried Miss Annetta; “children, as you say,
don’t mind. What a pity you did not come in the summer, Mr. Earnshaw. It
is such a sociable neighbourhood. We had a garden party somewhere, at
least twice a week, and they are such nice things for bringing young
people together--don’t you think so? Better than evening parties; you
can see so much more of people, going at four or five o’clock--and if
you’re intimate, staying for high tea and a little music after. It is a
delightful way of spending the day. There is nothing can take the same
place in winter. To be sure if a girl is bold and knows how to
skate--but I really daren’t try, I haven’t the courage;--and you don’t
give me much encouragement, Mr. Earnshaw, it must be allowed.”

Edgar looked on in dismay while Miss Annetta shook her curls at him, and
giggled as she had done when she was pretty and seventeen, just
twenty-six years ago. What could he say? He was trying to find something
polite and pleasant with which to carry on the conversation, when Lady
Mary suddenly turned from her grave interview with the elder sister, and
interfered for his salvation.

“Miss Annetta,” said Lady Mary, suddenly, “I am sure I can get
information from you about the doctor. Has he gone? and has the new one
come? and who is he? I hope he is not a mere stupid country
practitioner. I saw a great commotion at the house.”

“Oh, poor Mrs. Franks,” said Miss Annetta, “they were just preparing to
go; but she, poor thing, though I don’t like to speak of such things
before gentlemen, went and had a baby this morning. It has put them all
out so dreadfully! and she had nothing ready, not so much as a little
cap. Just like her, you will say; and of course they can’t go away now
for ever so long.”

“Poor soul,” said Lady Mary, “I must send and ask if we can do
anything.”

“Indeed, I think it wicked to encourage such people,” said Miss Baker.
“How dare she go on having babies, knowing she can’t afford it? I have
no pity for such a woman. Of course she brings it all on herself; and if
she were the only one to suffer, I shouldn’t mind. But just fancy a
woman of my age, subject to bronchitis, left to the tender mercies of
her ninny of a husband, probably for six weeks longer, just the worst
time of the year--not to speak of Annetta, who is a perfect martyr to
rheumatism.”

“Oh, Jane!” exclaimed Miss Annetta, feebly.

“Though I think it’s gout,” said Miss Baker. “When gout is in a family,
I believe it never lets you go much beyond forty without entering an
appearance; which is my great reason for hoping I shall escape
scot-free, seeing I’m forty-five.”

“You must not believe all my sister says; she is so fond of her fun,”
said Miss Annetta, in an aside to Edgar. “Oh, I have heard a great deal
about the new doctor, Lady Mary. He is quite young, and very handsome
and nice, people say. He is coming straight from Scotland, so I suppose
he must be very clever, for so many new medical things are found out
there. I hear he has dark hair and eyes, and tall, and a very nice
manner.”

“Well I suppose these are interesting details,” said Lady Mary; “but I
should have liked to know a little more of his qualifications, I
confess.”

“And he has a charming sister, a widow, who keeps his house; so that he
will be able to ask people, which a bachelor never is, except men, and
they don’t count as society;” cried Miss Annetta, continuing with
breathless haste her report; for if Lady Mary had a fault, it was that
she was too ready to interrupt uninteresting speeches. “The Franks are
so poor, and they have so many children, they never were any good, not
even for a garden party; but you must not think from what I say that I
don’t love children, Mr. Earnshaw. I adore them! When are Phil and
little Mary coming for a romp, and to see all our curiosities? I do feel
so much at home with them, Lady Mary, you can’t think. Jane there says
we are three romps all together, and she doesn’t know which is the
worst.”

“They will be delighted to come,” said Lady Mary, rising.

“Oh, but I suppose I must ask permission of Mr. Earnshaw now?” said Miss
Annetta. “If you will come too, you will see that your charge does not
get into mischief, Mr. Earnshaw, and I am sure you will be quite an
addition. You are not one of the stern tutors that frighten poor little
things like me.”

“Indeed I must carry Mr. Earnshaw off. We have no time to spare,” said
Lady Mary. “Little fool!” she cried, severely, as soon as they had left
the cottage. “I hope you don’t mind her impertinent chatter? I am sure
nothing could be further from my intention than to subject you to any
such disagreeable comment.”

“Disagreeable! to call me what I am, Phil’s tutor?” said Edgar. “Why,
what a mean-spirited wretch you must think me. To accept a post, and be
ashamed of the name of it--”

“But, Mr. Earnshaw, you know that is not how we think. We consider you
only as a friend--and take it as the greatest kindness you can do us.”
Then Lady Mary, with a flush of generous sentiment, took a warm little
hand out of her muff, and gave it to Edgar, who was a great deal more
touched by the _amende_ than he had been hurt by Miss Annetta’s innocent
assault.

“Thanks,” he said, with moisture in his eyes, “so much the better for
me, and so much the less reason for being ashamed of my post. If you
snubbed me, I might have some excuse perhaps for making a fool of
myself.”

“Mr. Earnshaw!” said Lady Mary again, but this time with hesitation, and
almost timidity. “I wonder if you will think I mean to snub you--if I
say something which I am almost bound to say?”

“Say it!” said Edgar, smiling. He felt in a moment that he knew what was
coming, and looked into her tremulous countenance with all the superior
calm of a man prepared for pain, and prescient of what was to come.

“You will not be angry? Oh, Mr. Earnshaw! if you only knew how I fret at
such restrictions--how I wish we could put aside mercenary
considerations, and acknowledge ourselves all to be equal, as I am sure
we are by nature!”

“I don’t think we are equal by nature,” said Edgar; “but never mind the
abstract question. I promise not even to be wounded. And I think I know
what you are going to say.”

“It is just this,” said Lady Mary, hurriedly, “Forgive me! The young
Thornleighs, Mr. Earnshaw, have always been very much with us. I am fond
of them, and so is Mr. Tottenham, and they are always coming and going.
It would be ungenerous to you as well as unkind to them, if we were to
send them away because you are here.”

Edgar did no more than bow in assent. A certain sense of personal
dignity, quite new to him, kept him from doing more.

“It would be thoroughly ungenerous to you,” said Lady Mary, warmly, “and
contrary to the perfect trust we feel--both my husband and I--in you,
our friend.”

“Just one word, Lady Mary,” said Edgar, “and pardon me if it seems
harsh. Why did you not think of this before? I came here in a mist, not
knowing very well what was to happen to me; but _you_ knew the whole,
both my side and the other. I need not say send me away, which is the
most natural thing to do, for you were aware of all the circumstances
the other day when you brought me here. Of course, at any moment, I am
ready to go.”

“That is not quite generous,” said Lady Mary, with an appealing look,
“of course we knew, and trusted you as we trust you now--fully. But, Mr.
Earnshaw, forgive me! I promised to Augusta to say just one word.”

“I have already said to Lady Augusta all that can be said,” said Edgar;
“that she need not fear me--that I will not put myself in her way.”

They had, by this time, reached the avenue, and were walking
unconsciously fast in the roused state of feeling which this interview
had called forth, between the long level lines of leafless trees, on the
edge of the sodden, bright green wintry grass, which tempted the feet
with its mossy softness. It was afternoon, and the long slanting lines
of sunshine lighted up, but scarcely had the better of, the creeping
shadows which bided their time in every corner. Lady Mary put out her
hand again suddenly, with an excitement which she did not seem able to
control, and laid it on Edgar’s arm.

“Mr. Earnshaw!” she said, the tears coming to her eyes. “It is not for
you. Augusta, like myself, trusts you entirely; it is not you.”

“What then?” said Edgar, suddenly stopping short, and facing her.

“Mr. Earnshaw! Oh! how can I put into words the strange service--the
thing beyond words, which Augusta thinks she can trust you enough to ask
for. Oh! Mr. Earnshaw, see how absolute is our faith in you! It is not
you she fears. It is the impetuosity--it is the----it is her own
child.”

Edgar stood still, and did not speak--how could he? In his life he had
had enough to chill him one way or another; now, all at once, there
seemed to burst forth a fountain of warmth and life within him--in his
very heart. The water came to his eyes. If he had been alone I believe
it would have overflowed, so poignant was the touch of this sudden,
scarcely comprehensible happiness. “Ah!” he cried, summing up in that
little syllable, as is done so often, worlds of sudden understanding, of
emotion inexpressible in words; and so stood gazing at the unlucky
emissary, who had put things inconceivable, things unbelievable, all at
once into his throbbing brain.

“Oh, God forgive me!” cried Lady Mary, with a devoutness quite unusual
to her. “What have I done--what have I done?”

“Look here,” said Edgar, feeling a strange difficulty of articulation,
and with a consciousness that, instead of being eloquent, as he ought to
have been in the circumstances, his words were homely, almost rude; “So
far as I am myself concerned, nothing will make me swerve from my word.
Lady Augusta need have no fear for me; but if--” and here he paused, “if
the happiness of another were any way involved. It is not my
supposition, pardon me, it is yours. If----then I will be bound by no
word, no promise, nothing but--_her_ will whatever it is. I am ready to
balk myself, to give up the desire of my heart, to say never a word, so
far as I am concerned. But her I will not balk; it is not my place.
_Her_ will she shall have if I can get it for her--at any risk, with any
pains! Lady Mary, bid me go, or take the consequences; this is all I
will say.”

“Oh, Mr. Earnshaw!” cried Lady Mary, in a burst of injudicious sympathy.
“Oh, Edgar! now I understand them;” and with that, this very foolish,
very clever, little woman sat down upon the stump of a tree, and cried
with all her heart. She was totally taken by surprise. She had believed
him to be so good, so ready to obliterate himself, that she half
despised him through all her generous compassion and liking. I think it
is Mr. Charles Reade who describes, somewhat coarsely perhaps, but very
powerfully, the woman’s surprise at discovering herself to be, for the
first time, face to face with a male of her own species. The surprise, I
believe, is common to both sexes, and as much when love is out of the
question as when it is deeply involved. It is one of the most
penetrating of mental sensations--a sudden revelation. Lady Mary felt
this as she sat down on the stump of the tree, and called Edgar Earnshaw
by his Christian name, and cried, suddenly abandoning her colours,
giving up her cause, owning herself utterly conquered. It was a great
deal to be accomplished by so few words, and Edgar himself was so
entirely moved and shaken by what had occurred, that he was not half
sensible of his own success. All he knew was that Lady Mary felt for
him, understood him; and this gave him comfort, when he suddenly dropped
down after the exaltation of his sudden transport into a sadness which
was its natural consequence. Lady Mary fell too, out of her sudden
enthusiasm into a sense of absolute foolishness and the indiscreetest of
sympathetic ebullitions, and picked herself up and went meekly along
the avenue by Edgar’s side, trying to talk about the children, and
raking up nursery stories of Phil’s cleverness to tell him, in what she
would herself have thought the very imbecility of motherhood. Poor Lady
Mary! she had the additional misery of thinking that Edgar perceived her
utter downfall and change of sides--which he, poor fellow, with his
heart jumping in his throat, was far too much agitated to do.

But when they came to the great door, and were about to separate, she
“thought it her duty” to leave him with a final word of counsel, “Mr.
Earnshaw,” she said, almost timidly, “you saw that I was carried away by
my feelings--for I feel for you, however I may be obliged to side with
my sister in what she thinks to be best. You will forget all I have been
so foolish as to say--and keep to what you said to her, won’t you? Don’t
let me have done harm instead of good.”

“I will keep to what I said to her, religiously; she has my word,” said
Edgar, “but don’t think I can ever forget what you have said to me.”

“Mr. Earnshaw, it was in confidence.”

“In closest, dearest confidence,” he said, “but not to be
forgotten--never to be forgotten; that is not possible. It will be wiser
to tell Lady Augusta what I have said; and remember, dear Lady Mary,
you, who have been so good to me, that, at a moment’s notice, at a word,
at a look, I am ready to go away.”

“Not if I can help it,” she said, half crying again, holding out her
hand; and in sight of the biggest of the powdered footmen, and of the
porter, and of one of the under-gardeners, all looking on in
consternation, he kissed it, absolutely indifferent to what any one
might say. To be sure it was only a little glove he kissed, warm out of
her muff.



CHAPTER XXII.

The Opposite Camp.


The Thornleigh family, or at least the feminine portion of it, was, as
has been indicated to the reader, in town--though it was still very
early in the year--for the purpose of looking after little Mary’s
trousseau, as her wedding was to take place at Easter. Lady Augusta’s
family numbered eight altogether--five girls and three boys; and if I
could tell you half the trouble she had gone through with them, you
would no longer wonder at the wrinkles on her forehead. Her girls had
been as troublesome as her boys, which seldom happens, and that was
saying a great deal. Harry, the eldest son, was a prodigal, constantly
in debt and in trouble; John, the second, who, it was hoped, would have
distinguished himself by his brains, had been plucked for his degree;
and the regiment of which Reginald, the youngest son, was an ornament,
had been sent off to India, contrary to all prognostications. As for the
daughters, though the youngest was nineteen, only one was married--a
terrible thought for an anxious mother, as anxious to do her duty by
her children as Lady Augusta was--and that one!

The eldest was Ada, who, when her lover, only a poor clergyman at the
best, died of typhus fever, caught in his work, never would look at
another man, but retired meekly into old maidenhood. The second, Helena,
was the clever one of the family. She had more brains than all the rest
put together, everybody said, and so indeed she herself thought--more
than she knew what to do with. If that head could only have been put on
her brother John’s shoulders, what a blessing to everyone concerned!
for, alas! all the good her brains did her, was to betray her into a
marriage with a very clever and very learned professor, painfully
superior to everybody else, but altogether out of “her own class.” The
third was Gussy, who had been always Lady Augusta’s most dearly beloved,
and who, three years ago, had been all but betrothed to the best match
in the county--young Edgar Arden; but when Edgar was ruined, and
disappeared, as it were, off the face of the earth, Gussy, instead of
abandoning him as a sensible girl should have done, clung with the
obstinacy which distinguished the Thornleighs, to the very recollection
of him--which, as he was still living and marriageable, though no match
at all, was a fanaticism much less manageable than Ada’s. For Ada, if
she insisted upon considering herself a widow, was at all events quite
submissive in other matters, and content to be her mother’s right hand
at home; but Gussy, who had by no means given up her personal
possibilities of happiness, and whose hopes were still alive, had been
very restless, and worried her family with many vagaries. Schemes and
crotchets ran, I suppose, in the noble blood which Lady Augusta had
transmitted to her daughters. It showed itself in different ways in the
sisters: Helena’s ways had been all intellectual, but Gussy, who was
benevolent and religious, was more difficult to deal with. The
melancholy seclusion, which to an English mind is the first
characteristic of a convent, has little to do with the busy beehive of a
modern sisterhood; and a young woman connected with such an institution
has claims made upon her which are wonderfully embarrassing to a
fashionable mother. Helena, in her wildest days, when she had all sorts
of committees going on, could be taken to her meetings and lectures in
the carriage, like a Christian, and could be sent for when these
_séances_ were over; but Gussy had to trudge off on foot to all sorts of
places in her long black cloak, and to visit houses in which fever, and
every kind of evil, physical and moral, abounded; and was not to be
shaken by any remonstrances. Indeed, the parents had been glad to
compromise and consent to any amount of Associateship, so as to keep off
the dreaded possibility of a determination on Gussy’s part to enter the
Sisterhood for good and all. I do not think that Gussy herself ever
threatened this, though she thought of it sometimes as her best
alternative, if--; but there was still an if, a living and strong
peradventure in her mind. Other good-natured friends, however, strongly
pressed the possibility on Lady Augusta’s mind; they did all they could
to persuade the anxious mother to take forcible steps in the matter, and
constrain Gussy, on her obedience, to give up her objectionable
charities and devotions. Fortunately Lady Augusta did not belong to that
class of women who take pleasure in worrying their children for their
good. She shook her head when her pretty daughter, still as pretty as in
her first season, went out in her black cloak, and the hideous bonnet,
which the mother would not allow to herself was “becoming,”
notwithstanding its intrinsic hideousness. She moaned over the dirt, the
disease, the evil smells and sights which her child was about to
encounter, and about the risk of infection to which she would expose
herself.

“Who can tell what you may bring back with you, Gussy?--fever, or one
does not know what,” Lady Augusta said, piteously. “It is so different
with our poor people at home, whom we all know.”

“I will shut myself up in my room, mamma; or I will go to the House,
when there is anything infectious about; but I cannot give up my work,”
said Gussy, filial, but determined.

“Oh, work, child! what do you mean by work?” cried Lady Augusta, driven
to her wits’ end. “Home is surely better than the ‘House,’ as you call
it, and I am sure Ada and I find plenty to do at home. Why cannot you do
as we do?”

“Perhaps because Ada and you do it all,” said Gussy, unmoved by that
despairing appeal which the old is always making to the new. Why cannot
you do as we do?

Poor Lady Augusta! It was she who had to give in, not her daughter. And
you may easily understand, dear reader, how such a good mother was
affected by the break-down of all her elder hopes--Ada, Helena, Gussy.
Her three eldest children--all failures! What a heart-breaking thought
it was to a woman of fashion, surrounded by contemporaries who had
married their daughters well, and whom no man could reproach as
negligent of their highest duties! She would wake sometimes in the
middle of the night, and ask herself was it her fault? Had she put
foolish notions into the heads of the girls? Certainly on the Thornleigh
side there were no “views” nor “crotchets;” and Lady Augusta was aware
that she herself had accomplished her own fate, not altogether because
she preferred it, and had, perhaps, smothered personal predilections,
which her children showed no inclination to smother. “Why cannot they do
as I did?” she would say in her heart, with a sigh.

But now at last a moment had come, in which her natural cares were
rewarded. When Lord Granton proposed for Mary, her mother had almost
cried with joy. For the first time here was a satisfactory--a completely
satisfactory conclusion. So unexceptionable a young man, such a title,
such estates, and a family which any girl might be proud to enter! The
delight was all the sweeter from being so long deferred, so sadly
missed. She forgave Helena her bad match, and Gussy and Ada their no
matches at all, in the exhilaration of this happy moment. All her little
grievances and grudges vanished in the sudden flood of sunshine. She was
reconciled to all the world, even to Helena’s husband, the Professor,
over whom, too, a heavenly radiance would be flung, when he was
brother-in-law to a marquis. Poor Lady Augusta! In the full height of
her exhilaration she betook herself to Tottenham’s to send the good news
to her sister, feeling that now at least, perhaps for the first time,
there was no trouble to lessen her happiness; and there she encountered,
without any warning, Edgar! Heaven help her! a man still more
objectionable, because more hopelessly penniless than Helena’s
professor, a man without a name, without a shilling, without a
connection! but whom Gussy, her favourite daughter, was ready, she knew,
to follow to the end of the world. When she drove out to the rural
Tottenham’s after this, to tell her sister the story of Mary’s
engagement, is it wonderful that her agitated mind should have poured
forth all its mingled strain of joy, tribulation, content, and alarm?
The wholly joyful part of her budget was soon swallowed up in the
revelation of her fears about Gussy, and in the reproaches she could not
quite restrain. Why had her sister so added to her burdens, by this
injudicious, this uncalled-for interference in Edgar’s fortunes? He was
not so friendless, Lady Augusta protested, half indignant, half weeping,
that they, of all the world, should have rushed into the breach, and
taken him up--bringing him even into their house, where he could not
fail to see Gussy one time or other. And then the anxious mother cried,
and told her sister that she had no confidence in Gussy. In Edgar she
had every confidence; he had promised never to thrust himself into her
way; but Gussy had made no such promise, and her mother did not even
dare to speak to her on the subject, knowing that she would be met by
unanswerable arguments. Thus the two ladies, talking over the whole
matter, fell into a not unnatural snare, and resolved to confide in
Edgar, and trust to him to keep Gussy, as well as himself, right--not
foreseeing how that confidence would change to him the whole aspect of
affairs. When Ada heard how far her mother’s revelations had gone, and
of the step Lady Mary was commissioned to take, she did not give it her
approval, as Lady Augusta had hoped, but looked very grave, and doubted
much the wisdom of the proceeding. “He promised never to stand in my
way,” Lady Augusta said, much depressed by her privy-councillor’s
disapproval. “But he did not promise for Gussy--what right would he have
to undertake for Gussy?” said Ada, shaking her head. It was an idea
which had not entered her mother’s mind, for Lady Augusta had that kind
of confidence in Edgar, as of a man born to set everything right, which
women, especially when surrounded by practical difficulties, are so
ready to place in an ideal man. He had never objected to her commands
hitherto; why should he now? Nevertheless, when Ada disappeared, Lady
Augusta began to quake lest she should have done more harm than good.

“We must try to get something for him to do,” she said, faltering,
“something abroad. Notwithstanding all those absurd new arrangements,
people of influence can still command situations abroad, I hope, if they
choose to take the trouble. I shall speak to Lord Millboard, Ada; and I
am sure Granton, dear fellow, would take any trouble, if he knew how
important it was.”

“Because he is happy himself, to prevent poor Gussy from being happy?”
said Ada. “Oh, I am not saying anything against it, mamma. I suppose it
will have to be.”

“Of course it will have to be,” said her mother, “you are all very
unkind--you girls. Not one of you has exerted herself as I had a right
to expect. Do you think that I thought of nothing but pleasing myself
when I married? And who has lost the most in losing Edgar? Well, Gussy,
you may say, in one way; but I too. What a help he would have been to
me! so kind and so understanding. Oh, Ada! if you knew how much it goes
against my heart to shut him out. But it must be; what would your
father--what would every one say?”

To this, Ada could return but little answer, except to murmur something
about “leaving it in the hands of Providence,” which was not so
consolatory to Lady Augusta as it was meant to be.

“It is all very well to say, leave it to Providence!” cried that much
tried mother, “if you had lived as long as I have, Ada, you would have
found that all the most inconvenient things that happen in the world
are said to be brought about by Providence--especially in the way of
marriages. No, we must take precautions; Gussy must not go near
Tottenham’s while he is there; and I’ll tell you what I will do. Harry
is at home doing nothing particular, and probably quarrelling with your
poor papa, who has so much to vex him. I have just been wondering how
they could possibly get on with all of us away. I will write and tell
him to offer himself to your aunt Mary for a visit.”

“Harry! what good will Harry do?” asked Ada, wondering.

“Well, my dear, at least he will be on the spot,” said Lady Augusta; and
she breathed a long sigh, as if a weight had been taken off her mind.
Any stop-gap, however imperfect, which takes, or seems to take, a
responsibility off the mind, is enough to give a sense of relief to one
so overborne by many businesses as Lady Augusta was. “And now, my dear,
let us look over Mary’s patterns,” she said, drawing a chair towards
Ada’s table, on which a mass of samples, of linen, silk, muslin, and
every other fabric, known to human ingenuity, were lying, ticketed and
arranged in packets. This was a little bit of pure enjoyment, which
refreshed the anxious mother in the midst of all her cares.

I need not tell what commotion was made in the household when the news
crept out and stole secretly from one girl to another, that Edgar had
come back. Mary and Beatrice put their curly heads together over it, and
the result was a communication to the young Granton, which effectually
fortified him against making himself a tool of any of poor Lady
Augusta’s schemings to get rid of the danger. These two were the
children of the house, and the elder sisters paid but little attention
to their innocent conspiracies. The elders were more interesting
personages than little Mary and Bee, though Mary was a predestined
marchioness, and there was no knowing what Bee might come to in the way
of matrimonial elevation. There are people, no doubt, who will think the
old maid of the family its least interesting member; but you, dear
unknown friend, my gentle reader, are not of that complexion; and there
may be others who will feel that Ada’s obscure life was a poor enough
thing to settle down to, after all the hopes and all the disappointments
of youth, both of which are more exciting and sustaining than the simple
monotony of such a commonplace existence. I am not sure, however, for my
own part, whether Ada’s soft self-renunciation never expressed in words,
and her constant readiness in trouble, and the numberless frocks she
made for her poor children--and even her mother’s meetings, though the
family laughed at them--were half so bewildering an anti-climax to the
high aspirations of youth as was Helena’s Professor, and the somewhat
humdrum, if highly intellectual routine into which she had dropped with
him. Helena, herself now and then, had a confused and giddy
consciousness that ministering to a man’s comforts, who was not at all a
demi-god, and attending lectures at the Royal Society was a very odd and
sudden downfall from all her dreams of social amelioration and “a great
work;” but fortunately she was happy, a thing which deadens the moral
perception. Ada was happy, too, in her different way; but Gussy was not
happy. She had not the tranquil soul of her elder sister, nor that
curious mixture of sense and talent, and self-confidence and absence of
humour which made Helena what she was. She had not “given up,” as in
various ways both of them had done. She was dissatisfied, for life as
yet had lost none of its possibilities, neither by fulfilment nor
renunciation. All clouds might yet be cleared away from her sky, and
what she considered perfect happiness might yet be waiting for her
somewhere. This remnant of possibility that the soul may still have all
it craves, ought, you might think, to have kept Gussy’s heart alive, and
given her a secret support; but it was in fact a very fire of
restlessness within her. The first step towards attaining the secondary
happinesses of life, is to have given up and recognised as impossible
the primary and greater happiness. Gussy had been compelled to occupy
herself closely, in order to save herself from becoming discontented,
morbid, sour, and miserable, by reason of this sense within her, that
everything might yet come right.

“Why should you say it was injudicious?” she said to her sister, when
they at length discussed the subject, “why should not they help him,
since he wants it, because of the chance of meeting me? I heard what
mamma said as I came in. If he does meet me, I dare say he has forgotten
all about me by this time, or at least remembers me only as a friend.
It would be hard indeed if any ghost of me, after all these years, were
to come in his way.”

“And you,” said her sister, “could you meet him as a friend whom you
remembered? Would that be all?”

Gussy’s lip quivered in spite of herself. “I hope I could do--whatever
was necessary,” she said proudly. But in the midst of uttering these two
or three words, a sudden tear fell unexpectedly out of her eye and
betrayed her. “How silly!” she said, dashing it away; “you forget I did
see him. Oh, Ada, fancy travelling with him all those hours, and never
saying a word! It was as if we were in two different worlds--like
looking into another existence, and seeing those whom one has lost,
without any power to communicate with them.”

“Ah! but we are not permitted to do even that,” said Ada; “do you think
he did not recognise you? Not at all? That is so strange to me.”

Gussy shook her head. “I don’t think he did; but you must remember,” she
said humbly, “that he never was what you might call so very much in love
with me. He liked me; he was even fond of me--but not exactly in love.
It is different--I always felt that, even when you all made so sure. And
what he thinks of me now, I don’t know. If I saw him once, I should be
able to tell you; but I shall try not to see him. It is best I should
not see him,” said Gussy very low, “best in every way.”

“My poor child!” said Ada; but she did not contradict her, as her sister
almost hoped; and Gussy went away immediately after, with her heart
full, to put on her black cloak and close bonnet, and to go forth into
some very unsavoury region indeed, where a serene Sister, so smiling and
cheery that you might be certain her mind was taken up by no possible
happiness, was hard at work. Gussy had some very disagreeable work
allotted to her which gave her full occupation till it was time to
return to “the world,” and as long as she was thus engaged she was able
to forget all about herself and Edgar, and everything else in the other
existence. Thus Rag Fair was good for her, and gave her a certain amount
of strength with which to return to Berkeley Square.

But the reader will perceive that if Edgar’s mind was disturbed by what
he had heard, a similar, if less violent commotion had been raised, by
the mere intimation of his return, in the opposite camp, where every
member of the family instinctively felt the danger, though the young and
the romantic among them welcomed it as rather an advantage than a peril.
Gussy went about her ordinary work, whether in “the world” or out of it,
with a soft perpetual tremor, feeling that at any moment, round any
corner, she might meet him with whom her youthful thoughts had wandered
all these years. I will not say that she was not somewhat anxious and
uncertain as to the effect which this long interval might have had upon
Edgar’s mind; for women seldom have a very strong faith, unassisted by
evidence, in the fidelity of a long absent lover; but she had no sense
of having given love unsought, or shame in her own secret devotion. She
knew that if Edgar had remained rich and prosperous she would have been
his wife long ere now, and this gave to Gussy’s maiden love that sweet
legitimacy and pride of duty which is so much to a woman, and emboldens
her to give without shame, and with all her heart.

In the meantime, however, Lady Augusta took that other precautionary
measure which had suddenly occurred to her, to Ada’s great surprise and
consternation, and sent private orders to her son, Harry--who was at
that moment under a cloud, and doing his best to act the part of a good
son to a very irritable father who had just paid his debts for him, and
was taking them out in abuse of every description at Thornleigh, while
the mother and sisters were in town. I don’t believe she had the least
notion what good Harry could do; but it relieved him from a very trying
ordeal, and the young man jumped at it, though Ada shook her head. “He
will be on the spot at least, my dear,” said Lady Augusta, all
unconscious of slang. She explained to her husband that the Tottenhams
had taken one of their fancies to Mr. Earnshaw, whom they had all once
known so well as Edgar Arden, and that she thought it would be well that
one of the family should be there to keep an eye upon him, lest he and
Gussy should meet. “For you know, Gussy has not been the same since that
affair,” wrote the careful mother. Mr. Thornleigh, who had a more than
ordinary contempt at this moment for Harry’s capabilities, wrote her a
rather rude letter in reply, telling her that she was a fool indeed if
she trusted in anything her hopeful son could do; but nevertheless, he
made no objection to the visit. Thus it will be seen how emphatically
their own doing was all the confusion that followed this momentous step,
which the Thornleighs all combined in their ignorance to make Harry
take--and which he accepted as he would have accepted any change, at
that moment; not having the least idea of what was wanted of him, any
more than of what fate had in store for him. Lady Augusta went on more
calmly with her preparations for little Mary’s grand wedding when she
had thus, to her own satisfaction, secured a representative at
Tottenham’s. And Ada studied the patterns indefatigably, and gave the
mother the very best advice as to which was most suitable; and Gussy had
a perfect carnival of work, and spent almost all her time in Rag
Fair--with occasional expeditions to the shop, where Mr. Tottenham had
established a chapel, chiefly to please her, and where one of the
clergymen attached to the Charity-House kept up daily service. This was
much more dangerous, had Lady Augusta been aware of the fact, than the
rural Tottenham’s, where Harry was set to be sentinel without knowing
it.

And thus the first cold lingering days of spring--spring only in name,
with all winter’s cold, and less than winter’s comfort, dragged
themselves along. Only to Lady Augusta, who was busy with the
trousseau, and little Mary, who was making love, the days were not long
enough for all that had to be put into them; though the others were of a
different mind.


END OF VOL. I.



*** End of this LibraryBlog Digital Book "For love of life; vol. 1 of 2" ***

Copyright 2023 LibraryBlog. All rights reserved.



Home